D4B8040F858-Body Interior PDF

Service
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Repair Manual
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Golf 2015 ➤
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Golf Variant 2015 ➤
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Body Interior
t to the co
Edition 09.2015
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
00 - General, Technical Data
68 - Interior Equipment
69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts
AG. Volkswagen AG d
70 - Interior Trim olksw
agen oes
not
yV gu
72 - Seat Frames rised b ara
nte
ho eo
74 - Seat Upholstery, Covers s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040F858

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
Contents
00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety PrecautionsAwhen G. VolksWorking
wagen AG on Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Safety Precautions swagen for Pyrotechnic does
Components ................................ 3
k not
y Vol gu
1.3 Airbag, ed bBelt Tensioner and Battery Cut-Out aUnits,
ran Storing, Transporting and Disposing
ris
(Pyrotechnic Components) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 5
o tee
th
au
1.4 ssAdditional Side Airbag Safety Precautions . . . . . a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ce
1.5
e
Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

nl
pt
du
an
1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pressure Sensors) Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
itte
y li
erm
1.7 Passenger Occupant Detection System Deactivation Additional Safety Precautions, Market-
ab
ility
Specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ot p
wit
, is n
1.8 Restraint System Pyrotechnical, Electric and Mechanical Components, Replacing After a
h re
Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
hole
spec
1.9 Airbag Fasteners, Checking After a Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.10 Collision without Airbag Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.11 Seat Belts, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.12 Seat Belt Webbing, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
rrectness of i
1.13 Automatic Belt Retractor (Locking Function), Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
l purpos
1.14 Seat Belt Latch, Visually Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.15 Seat Belt Latch, Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
nf
ercia
1.16 Seat Belt Relays and Belt Tongue, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
orm
1.17 Fasteners and Mounting Points, Checking After a Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
m
atio
m
1.18 Seat Belt for Child Seat, Checking Child Seat Restraint Function, Market-Specific . . . . . . 15
o
n in
or c
1.19 Child Seat Anchors, Checking After Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

thi
te
sd
a
1.20 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
2 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
f
en
ng
t.
yi
2.1 Contact Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Co
Cop py
t.
2.2 Wire Routing and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
68 - Interior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 Storage Compartments and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

1.1 Component Location Overview - Storage Compartment/Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.3 Overview - Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.4 Overview - Steering Column Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.5 Overview - Glove Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.6 Overview - Headliner Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.7 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.8 Driver Side Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.9 Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.10 Instrument Cluster Gap Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.11 Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.12 Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.13 Front Passenger Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.14 Glove Compartment Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.15 Glove Compartment Lid Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.16 Glove Compartment Lid Dampening Mechanism, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.17 Glove Compartment, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.18 Glove Compartment Lid, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.19 Headliner Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.21 Parking Brake Lever Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Contents i
2.1 Overview - Screen Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

2.2 Overview - Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.3 Overview - Roof Grab Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.4 Screen Separator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.5 Screen Separator Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.6 Screen Separator Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.7 Screen Separator Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.8 Sun Visor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.9 Sun Visor Center Support, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.10 Roof Grab Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.11 Roof Grab Handle Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1 Overview - Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.2 Front Ashtray, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.3 Center Console Rear Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.4 Front Footwell Center Console Trim AGPanel,
. VolkswaRemoving
gen AG and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
agen does
3.5 Display and Control Unit VTrim,
olk sw Removing and Installingot g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
n 56
by ua
3.6 Front Center Console isedStorage Compartment, Removing and ranInstalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
te
57
r
3.7 Center Console aCover,
ut
ho
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . e. o.r a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.8 Center Console,ss Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ce
e
nl
3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4 Front Center Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
erm
ab
4.1 Overview - Front Center Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ility
ot p
wit
4.2 Front Center Armrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
, is n
h re
5 Interior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
hole
spec
5.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5.2 Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.3 Retaining Plate, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rrectness of i 70
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
l purpos
69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

1 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
nf
ercia
1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

orm
m
1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

atio
om
1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

n in
or c
thi
1.4 Overview - Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

te
sd
iva
1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

o
r
rp
cu
o
1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

f
en
ng
t.
yi
1.7 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Co
Cop py
t. rig
1.8 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pyri
gh by
ht
106
1.9 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
1.10 Rear Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Prote AG.
1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

1.12 Rear Outer Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1.13 Seat Belt Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.15 Rear Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2 Child Seat Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.1 Overview - Rear Child Seat Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.2 LATCH Child Seat Anchor Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.3 Top Tether, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
4 Airbag Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.1 Overview - Airbag Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ii Contents
4.2 Airbag Control Module J234 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

5 Driver Side Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.3 Airbag Connector, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6 Front Passenger Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.1 Overview - Front Passenger Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.2 Front Passenger Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.4 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145 , Removing and Installing . . . . 142
7 Side Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
7.1 Overview - Front Side Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
7.2 Overview - Rear Side Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
7.3 Front Side Airbag with Igniter, . VRemoving
olkswagen AG and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
gen AG does
7.4 Rear Side Airbag Vwith olk Igniter, Removing and Installing
sw a
not ............................ 146
y gu
8 Head Curtain db
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ara
. .
ise nte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 147
or e
8.1 Overviewaut-h Head Curtain Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o.r a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
s c
8.2 Head Curtain
s Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ce
e
nl
pt
9 Knee Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
du
an
itte
y li
9.1 Overview - Knee Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
erm
ab
9.2 Knee Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
10 Airbag Crash Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
h re
hole
10.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag Crash Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
spec
10.2 Driver Front Airbag Crash Sensor G283 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
es, in part or in w
t to the co
10.3 Passenger Side Front Airbag Crash Sensor G284 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 164
10.4 Driver Side Airbag Crash Sensor G179 / Front Passenger Side Airbag Crash Sensor G180 ,
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
rrectness of i
10.5 Driver Side Rear Side Airbag Crash Sensor G256 / Passenger Side Rear Side Airbag Crash
l purpos
Sensor G257 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

11 Seat Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
nf
ercia
11.1 Overview - Seat Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

orm
11.2 Seat Position Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

m
atio
om
12 Belt Fastening Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

n in
or c
thi
12.1 Front Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor G128 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 175
te
sd
iva
13 Passenger Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
13.1 Overview - Passenger Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

en
ng
t.
yi Co
13.2 Passenger Occupant Detection System Pressure Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . .
t. Cop py
rig 180
13.3 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module J706 , Removing and Installing . . 186
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
13.4 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module J706 Bracket, Removing and
by c lksw
cted agen
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
189
AG.
13.5 Required Importer Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

14 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
70 - Interior Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

1 Front Door Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
1.1 Overview - Front Door Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
1.2 Front Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
1.3 Mirror Cover Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
1.4 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
1.5 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2 Rear Door Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.1 Overview - Rear Door Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.2 Rear Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
2.3 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Contents iii
2.4 Trim Molding, Removing and agInstalling

en AG. V
olksw.a.g.en. A. G
. d. o.e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
olksw s no
3 Instrument Panel . d.b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.g.ua.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y V 210
e an
3.1 Overview - Instrument
tho
ris Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.ee.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
3.2 Instrument Panelau Side Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . r.ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ss
3.3 Instrument Panel Decorative Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ce
le
un
pt
3.4 Light Switch Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
an
d
itte
y li
3.5 Instrument Cluster Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3.6 Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
wit
is n
3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
h re
ole,
3.8 Side Defroster Vent, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
3.9 Front Passenger Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
t to the co
4 Instrument Panel Central Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4.1 Overview - Instrument Panel Central Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
rrectne
4.2 Overview - Driver Side Impact Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
4.3 Crash Bolster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
s
4.4 Instrument Panel Central Tube, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
s o
cial p
f
4.5 Driver Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
inform
mer
5 Passenger Compartment Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
atio
m
5.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

o
n
c
i
5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
or
n thi
te
5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
sd
iva
o
pr
c
5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
um
r
fo
en
ng
5.5 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

t.
yi Co
op
5.6 Overview - D-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
C py
t. rig
gh ht
5.7 Overview - Side Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
yri
246
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
5.8 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
cted AG.
agen
246
5.9 Overview - Foot Rest and Carpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
5.10 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
5.11 A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
5.12 A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
5.13 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
5.14 C-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.15 D-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5.16 Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
5.17 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
5.18 Foot Rest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
5.19 Carpet, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
6 Luggage Compartment Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
6.1 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
6.2 Overview - Rear Shelf Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6.3 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
6.5 Overview - Upper Rear Lid Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
6.6 Overview - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
6.7 Luggage Compartment Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
6.8 Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
6.9 Rear Shelf Compartment, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
6.10 Tie Down, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
6.11 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
6.12 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.13 Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
6.14 Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
7 Roof Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
7.1 Overview - Headliner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
iv Contents
7.3 Headliner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

7.4 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
8 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
72 - Seat Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

1 Overview - Seat Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
1.2 Front Seat, Mounting on Fixture for Seat Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
2 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2.1 Component Location Overview - Electric and Electronic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2.2 Overview - Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
2.3 Overview - Backrest Release and Entry Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
2.4 Overview - Front Backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
2.5 Overview - Seat Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.6 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2.7 Overview - Seat Angle Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.8 Overview - Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.9 Overview - Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
2.11 Front Seat, Removing with Faulty Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment
Motor V28 / V31 . . . . n. A. G. ..V.ol.ks. w. a.g.en. A. G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
2.12 Airbag Adapter,VConnecting wage and Disconnecting
does
not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
olks g
y
2.13 Tunnel-Side edSeat Trim, Removing and Installing ua.ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b
344
ris nte
2.14 Sill-Sideaut Seat Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . o.r a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ho e 345
2.15 Seat sTrim Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
348
ce
e
nl
2.16 Front Backrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

pt
du
an
itte
2.17 Seat Angle Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

y li
erm
ab
2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

ility
ot p
2.19 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

wit
, is n
h re
2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 ,
hole
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

spec
es, in part or in w
2.21 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

t to the co
2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

2.23 Headrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
rrectness of i
2.24 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

2.25 Backrest Release Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
l purpos
2.26 Backrest Release, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

2.27 Connecting Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
nf
ercia
2.28 Backrest Release Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

rm
m
atio
2.29 Backrest Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

om
n in
c
2.30 Backrest Release Cable, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

or
thi
e
2.31 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

t
sd
iva
o
r
2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

rp
cu
o
m
f
2.33 Entry Assistance Release Cable B, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

en
ng
t.
yi Co
2.34 Gliding Piece, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Cop py
ht. rig
2.35 Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
rig ht
py by
o Vo
2.36 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch E176 / E177 , Removing
by c lksw
cted agen
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Prote AG.
2.37 Lumbar Support Adjustment Motors V125 / V126 / V129 / V130 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 372
2.38 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Adjustment Control Head E470 / E471 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
3 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
3.1 Overview - Bench Seat/Single Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
3.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
3.3 Overview - Locking Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Contents v
3.4 Overview - Center Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

3.5 Overview - Side Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
3.6 Overview - Backrest Remote Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
3.7 Bench Seat/Single Seat, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
3.9 Locking Mechanism Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
3.10 Rear Seat Backrest Locking Mechanism, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
3.12 Pass-Through Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
3.13 Center Armrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
3.14 Headrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
3.16 Side Cushion, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
3.17 Release Cable for Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release, . Volkswage
Disconnecting and Connecting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k. s.w.a.ge.n.A.G. . . . . . . . n. A. G. .do. e.s.n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
l
Vo Release, Removing and Installing ot g
3.18 Actuator for Rear Seat Backrest Remote by ua .......... 394
ed ran
3.19 Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release tho ris
Cable, Removing and Installing . . .te.e. . . . . . . . . . . .
or
395
au a
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . .ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . 398
ce
e
nl
pt
du
74 - Seat Upholstery, Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 Front Seat Covers and Cushions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
ility
ot p
1.1 Overview - Seat Pan Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
wit
, is n
1.2 Overview - Backrest Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
h re
hole
1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
spec
es, in part or in w
1.4 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
t to the co
1.5 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
1.6 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Separating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
rrectness of i
1.7 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
1.8 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z6 / Z8 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 414
l purpos
1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element Z7 / Z9 , Removing and Installing . . . . 415
2 Rear Seat Covers and Cushions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
nf
ercia
or
2.1 Overview - Bench Seat Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
m
m
atio
m
2.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

o
n in
c
2.3 Bench Seat Cover and Padding, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
or
thi
te
2.4 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
2.5 Center Cushion, Removing and Installing, Backrest with Pass-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
o
m
f
en
ng
2.6 Bench Seat Cover and Cushion, Separating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

t.
yi Co
op
2.7 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
4 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
agen
Prote AG.
vi Contents
00 – General, Technical Data

1 Safety Precautions
(Edition 09.2015)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Safety Precautions 1
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on VStart/Stop
olks
w
System”, not
gu
y
page 2 sed b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic
ut Components”, ra
sa c
page 3 s
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.3 Airbag, Belt Tensioner and Battery Cut-Out Units, Storing,
an
d
itte
y li
Transporting and Disposing (Pyrotechnic Components)”,
rm
ab
page 5 pe
ility
ot
wit
⇒ “1.4 Additional Side Airbag Safety Precautions”, page 6
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.5 Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety Precautions”, page
spec
7
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pressure Sensors)
Safety Precautions”, page 7
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.7 Passenger Occupant Detection System Deactivation Ad‐
ditional Safety Precautions, Market-Specific”, page 9
l purpos
⇒ “1.8 Restraint System Pyrotechnical, Electric and Mechanical

Components, Replacing After a Collision”, page 9
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.9 Airbag Fasteners, Checking After a Collision”, page 11

m
a
com
tion in
⇒ “1.10 Collision without Airbag Deployment”, page 11
r
te o
thi
s
⇒ “1.11 Seat Belts, Checking”, page 12
iva
do
r
rp
cum
⇒ “1.12 Seat Belt Webbing, Checking”, page 12
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.13 Automatic Belt Retractor (Locking Function), Checking”, Cop py
. rig
page 13
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
lksw
⇒ “1.14 Seat Belt Latch, Visually Inspecting”, page 14
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.15 Seat Belt Latch, Function Test”, page 14
⇒ “1.16 Seat Belt Relays and Belt Tongue, Checking”,
page 14
⇒ “1.17 Fasteners and Mounting Points, Checking After a Colli‐
sion”, page 15
⇒ “1.18 Seat Belt for Child Seat, Checking Child Seat Restraint
Function, Market-Specific”, page 15
⇒ “1.19 Child Seat Anchors, Checking After Collision”,
page 15
⇒ “1.20 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror Safety Pre‐
cautions”, page 16
1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on

Start/Stop System
Pay Attention to the following When Working on Vehicles with a
Stop/Start System:
WARNING
There is a risk of injury if the engine starts automatically in ve‐

hicles with the Start/Stop System.
♦ For vehicles with an activated Start/Stop system (recog‐
nized by a signal in the instrument cluster), the engine can
be started automatically if needed.
♦ Make sure that the Start/Stop System is disabled when
working on the vehicle (turn off ignition, if needed, turn the
ignition back on).
2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

1.2 Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic

Components
Note
Pyrotechnic components:
♦ Airbag units
♦ Belt Tensioner
♦ Seat belt force limiter (depending on vehicle equipment)
♦ Belt end fitting tensioner (depending on equipment)
♦ Battery cut-out elements (depending on vehicle equipment)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
General
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Testing, assembly, and repair work may only be per‐ lksw
agen oes
not
formed by qualified personnel. d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
♦ There is no change interval for airbag units. ut
hor eo
ra
s a c
♦ Never test with a test light, volt meter or ohm meter. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ The pyrotechnic components may be checked only when
an
itte
y li
they are installed and with a Volkswagen approved vehicle
erm
ab
diagnostic tester.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ When working on pyrotechnic components and on the Air‐
h re
bag Control Module - J234- , the battery ground cable hole
spec
must be disconnected when the ignition is switched on.
es, in part or in w
Then cover the negative terminal.
t to the co
♦ Wait for 10 seconds after disconnecting the battery.
♦ The ignition must be SWITCHED ON when connecting the
rrectness of i
battery. Nobody should be inside the vehicle with doing
l purpos
this.
♦ If the ignition is not switched on after the battery is recon‐
nf
ercia
nected - “indicator lamps in the instrument cluster do not
or
light up” - the ignition (key/button) may only be switched
m
m
atio
on when the driver seat is positioned all the way back.
om
n in
or c
♦ Follow all steps after connecting the battery. Refer to ⇒
thi
te
sd
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Dis‐
iva
o
r
connecting and Connecting .

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Before handling pyrotechnic components of the restraint

t.
yi Co
op
system, for example, before disconnecting the electrical
C py
t. rig
gh
harness connector, the technician must discharge static
ht
pyri by
Vo
electricity. Touching grounded metal parts, for example,
o
by c lksw
cted agen
touching the door striker, will discharge the static electric‐ Prote AG.
ity.
♦ Wash hands after touching ignited restraint system pyro‐
technic components.
♦ Pyrotechnic components may not be opened nor repaired;
always use new parts (risk of injury).
♦ Pyrotechnic components that have fallen onto a hard sur‐
face or show signs of damage must not be installed in
vehicle.
♦ Pyrotechnic components should be installed immediately
upon removal from shipping package.
♦ If the work must be stopped for awhile, put the pyrotechnic
component back into its shipping package.
♦ Do not leave the pyrotechnic component out unattended.
♦ When connecting the passenger safety system pyrotech‐
nic components, only the person performing the work
should be in the vehicle.
♦ Do not use any grease, cleaning solutions or similar on
pyrotechnic components.
♦ Replace the airbag unit if any contaminants such as oil,
grease, paint, dye or solvents have penetrated the fabric.
♦ Pyrotechnic components must not be exposed to temper‐
atures over 100 °C (212 °F), even for a short time.

Special Information Regarding Driver and Front Passenger Air‐

bags
♦ Store the driver and front passenger airbag units in the unin‐
stalled state so that the cushioned side faces upward.
When replacing airbag units, the following sequence must be fol‐
lowed exactly:
1- Remove the old airbag unit and store with the upholstered
side facing up.
2- Remove the new airbag unit from the transport container
and store it with the upholstered side facing up.
3- Place the old airbag unit in the transport container immedi‐
ately.
4- Install the new airbag unit in the vehicle.
Belt Tensioner Special Instructions
♦ Use extreme care when removing and installing belt tensioner
units. Handling belt tensioners improperly is very dangerous
and could result in serious personal injury.
♦ Belt tensioner units that are mechanically damaged (dents,
cracks) must always be replaced.
♦ The open end of the belt tensioner should never be pointed at
anyone.
♦ When connecting a belt tensioner, all mechanical parts, in‐
cluding those in the three-point seat belt, must be secured
correctly. If it is not possible to connect the belt tensioner be‐
cause of insufficient space, the seat belt webbing must be
rolled up completely prior to connection. In this case there is
no increased safety risk, if all other safety instructions are fol‐
lowed. In particular, this includes the notes regarding the
disconnection of the battery and the static discharging of the
technician prior to connection of the belt tensioner.
♦ Even after a crash, it is possible that the belt getensioner
n AG. Volkswignited,
agen AG
does
swa
but the belt force limiter did NOT. Treat
y V these components as
olk not
gu
if they had not ignited! ris
ed b ara
nt ee
ho
ut or
1.3 Airbag, Belt sTensioner
sa and Battery Cut- ac
Out Units, Storing, Transporting and

ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Disposing (Pyrotechnic Components)

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Storage must conform to national legislation.

wit
is n
h re
♦ Transport must conform to national and international guide‐

ole,
lines, whereby packaging, identification and shipping docu‐

spec
ments are controlled to the greatest detail.

t to the co
♦ Undeployed pyrotechnic components must be disposed of in

an orderly manner, conforming to national legislation, in their
original packaging! Direct questions to your importer.
rrectne
♦ Only pyrotechnic components, which have been ignited com‐

s
pletely, may be disposed in industrial waste.

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5
Prote AG.
1. Safety Precautions
WARNING agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
♦ This does not apply to belt tensioners
rise that function ac‐
d
nte
cording to the Wankel pretensioner
o
auth principle. These are to eo
ra
be treated like undeployed pyrotechnic
ss components (such c
as airbags, seat belts, pyrotechnic battery cut-out ele‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ments).
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Workshop equipment cannot determine if Wankel belt ten‐
ility
ot p
sioners have deployed all pyrotechnic materials.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1.4 Additional Side Airbag Safety Precau‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tions
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
♦ Seat covers or protective covers that are not approved

specially for use on Volkswagen seats with side airbags
nf
ercia
must not be used.
orm
m
atio
♦ Do not cut the backrest cushion in side airbag area.
om
n in
c
♦ When installing, the seam in side airbag region must run

or
thi
e
straight.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ All upholstery clips must be replaced (metal and plastic
o
m
f
en
ng
clips).
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ During installation, all upholstery clips must be placed in
t. rig
gh ht
yri
the same place they were when they were removed. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ If the cover is damaged (with rips, burned holes, etc.) in Prote AG.
side airbag region, it must be replaced for safety reasons

so that airbag deploys correctly.
♦ Do not repair the backrest cover in the side airbag area
(because of special materials and strictly defined seams).
♦ Always replace the backrest padding if the side airbag de‐
ploys.
♦ After an accident, all damaged parts must be replaced. If
no airbag unit damage is detected, the airbag unit can still
be used.
♦ If side airbag units are replaced, the new side airbag num‐
ber sticker should be removed and placed over the old
sticker on the seat pan.
♦ Do not poke the cover with an upholstery needle or other
sharp objects near the airbag, the Front Passenger Seat
Occupant Sensor - G128- or the passenger occupant de‐
tection system mat.

1.5 Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety

Precautions
Caution
♦ Visually inspect the trim panels

gen AG
. Volkfor
swadamage
gen AG every time
does
before installing.Volkswa not
y gu
db ar
♦ Always replace
or
ise damaged pillar trim panels, never repair.
an
tee
h
ut or
♦ Ensure
ss secure trim panel seating when installing.
a ac
ce
le
♦ Always replace the entire module when making repairs

un
pt
an
d
behind the head curtain airbag.

itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Handle head curtain airbag modules with great care when
pe
ility
ot
removing and installing them to prevent causing any dam‐
wit
, is n
age.
h re
hole
spec
♦ Place any removed head curtain airbag modules back in
es, in part or in w
their transport containers or on a clean and even surface
t to the co
with a cloth underneath.
♦ After servicing the body in the vicinity of the head curtain
rrectness of i
airbag, check the body for welding beads, deformation
and chafe marks (compare with opposite side of vehicle if
l purpos
necessary).
♦ As long as the gas generator is NOT attached, hold it se‐
nform
ercia
curely when transporting, removing, installing, etc.

m
a
com
t
♦ Never rotate, coil, knot, throw, slide, push, hang, squeeze,
ion in
press, pinch or clamp head curtain airbag module.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
♦ They may be folded as long as this does not damage

do
r
rp
them, especially the protective sleeve.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pres‐
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
sure Sensors) Safety Precautions
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The side airbag crash sensors react to changes in pressure and

therefore must be handled very carefully. Note the following
points:
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Always note the correctd by
Vo
installation position and only guin‐
ara
stall in the component
orise location intended in the door. nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ Protect thess acrash sensor from impact. Do not use a crash c
sensor if it has fallen on the floor. When doing body work
ce
le
un
pt
on the door, the crash sensor should be removed.
an
d
itte
y li
♦ The crash sensor is calibrated to the volume of air inside
rm
ab
pe
ility
the door. If the door is deformed resulting in a reduced air
ot
wit
space inside the door, the function of the crash sensor will
, is n
h re
be affected.
hole
spec
♦ Avoid contaminating the crash sensor. Do not use com‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
pressed air in the area surrounding the crash sensor.
Protect crash sensor from filings or shavings (for example,
when installing door speakers later). Do not use cavity
sealant or spray lubricant in the area of the crash sensor.
rrectness of i
♦ Protect against heat and cold. Avoid heating, for example
l purpos
when painting or doing other body work. Crash sensors

should not be subjected to temperatures below -40 °C (for
nform
ercia
example, in non-climate-controlled airplane cargo holds).

m
a
♦ Protect the crash sensor from moisture when storing or
com
tio
installing it.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
For proper crash sensor function, effective door seal must be en‐
um
fo
en
sured after installation. Note the following points:

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ All components (for example, cover, speaker, door trim panel) t. C rig
gh ht
must be installed correctly. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ The door trim panel clips seal the system. If necessary, re‐ Prote AG.
place the clips.

1.7 Passenger Occupant Detection System

Deactivation Additional Safety Precau‐
tions, Market-Specific
Caution
♦ After every repair on the passenger seat in which the seat

cover, for example, was “replaced”, a basic setting for the
Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module -
J706- must be performed
agen
AG. Vusing the
olkswagen AVehicle
G do
es n Diagnostic
Tester . olksw ot g
yV b u ara
ed
♦ Passenger
ho
ris occupant detection system must not come
nte
e o in
aut with grease.
contact ra
s s c
♦ There is the danger that the passenger occupant detection
ce
le
un
pt
system components may be damaged by sharp objects
an
d
itte
y li
when working on the seat. It is necessary to avoid this
rm
ab
danger.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Make sure the seat cushion and the seat cover are instal‐
h re
led correctly.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Replace all upholstery clips. Make sure the seat cushion
t to the co
is positioned correctly.
♦ Basic setting of the system is only possible between tem‐
peratures of 0 ℃ and +40 ℃ (32° and 104 °F).
rrectness of i
♦ Make sure that no objects are placed on seat when per‐
l purpos
forming basic setting.

♦ Using a seat cover or placing a cushion on the seat will
nform
ercia
impair the passenger occupant detection system as well

m
as the effectiveness of the airbag system.

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
1.8 Restraint System Pyrotechnical, Electric

do
r
rp
cum
fo
and Mechanical Components, Replac‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
ing After a Collision
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Special tools and workshop equipment required
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
Note
♦ The airbag control module can be used for up to two deploy‐

ments of the side airbag and/or belt tensioner with airbag
generation 8.* »not 8.R«.
♦ The airbag control module can be used for up to two side,
driver and front passenger airbag and/or belt tensioner de‐
ployments with airbag generation 9.*, 10.* and 8.R.
♦ After the third deployment, the malfunction indicator “Control
module faulty” appears.
The Airbag Control Module Must Be Replaced:

♦ With driver and passenger airbag deployment “but not with
airbag generation 9.*, 10.* and 8.R”. Refer to ⇒ page 9
♦ After three side, driver, and passenger airbag or belt tensioner
deployments
♦ If housing is damaged
♦ If there is deformation on tunnel in 200 mm circumference

around control module
Always Replace the Following:
♦ All deployed airbag units
Also with Front Passenger Airbag Deployment:
♦ Instrument Panel
♦ Deformed supports of the front passenger airbag unit (cannot
be reformed).
♦ All sensors for front airbag on front end
♦ Remaining transverse acceleration sensors if the mounting
points are deformed in the sensor area
Also with Driver Airbag Deployment:
♦ Return Spring with Slip Ring
♦ All sensors for front airbag on front end
Also with Side Airbag Deployment:
♦ Pressure sensors on the deployed side
♦ Transverse acceleration sensors on the deployed side
♦ Cover
♦ Cushion
♦ With a folding rear seat backrest: side cushion (if equipped)
Also with Passenger Occupant Detection System
♦ Each time the front passenger airbag and/or belt tensioner on wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
the front passenger side is deployed, the Passenger Occupant ks not
Vol gu
by
Detection System Control Module - J706- basic setting risemust
d ara
nte
be performed using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .utho eo
r
sa ac
♦ If the seat rail and/or the seat pan need are replaced
s
due to
ce
le
deformations, then a basic setting must be done on the Pas‐

un
pt
an
d
senger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706-

itte
y li
using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester Vehicle Diagnostic

erm
ab
ility
Tester .
ot p
wit
is n
Also:
h re
ole,
spec
♦ All automatic belt retractors with deployed belt tensioners.

t to the co
♦ All automatic belt retractors with deployed seat belt force lim‐
iters (depending on vehicle equipment).
rrectne
♦ Seat belt latches for all automatic belt retractors with deployed
seat belt tensioners with the belt on
s
♦ Seat belt height adjuster (manual and power) for all automatic
s o
cial p
belt retractors with deployed seat belt tensioners with the belt
f in
on
form
mer
atio
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester if there is a chance the

om
belt tensioner and/or seat belt force limiter deployed.

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– In »Guided Fault Finding« under “15 - Airbag”, check whether

t
sd
iva
there is a crash entry in the airbag control module.

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Also check if the “Resistance too large” error is stored for the
t.
yi Co
op
belt tensioner and/or belt force limiter. Deployed belt tension‐ C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
10
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data
ers and/or belt force limiters must fulfill both conditions. “Re‐
quirement: the airbag control module was not replaced yet”.
Note
♦ The “Resistance too large” error may also be stored if there is

an open circuit. Then there is normally no crash entry.
♦ Depending on the crash, the belt tensioner may have deployed
while the belt force limiter did »NOT«. Follow the disposal in‐
formation for pyrotechnic components. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Airbag, Belt Tensioner and Battery Cut-Out Units, Stor‐
ing, Transporting and Disposing (Pyrotechnic Components)”,
page 5 .
♦ Also check the seat belts. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Seat Belts, Checking”, page 12 .
♦ Deployed seat belt force limiters can be recognized by the fol‐
lowing characteristics:
♦ The pin -1- and tab -3- are protruding out of the belt force lim‐
iter housing on the automatic belt retractor.
♦ The tab -2- is no longer vertical but is diagonal toward the out‐
side.
– If parts of the seat belt system are removed due to an accident,

replace the belt system bolts.
– If needed (visual inspection), the following must also be re‐
placed: all faulty components.
– After replacing the airbag units or the control module, affix
stickers (only tear-off strips) to the registration card and return
the registration card to the relevant Sales Center or to the Im‐
porter for registration.
G. Volkswage
1.9 Airbag Fasteners, olks
waChecking
gen A After
n AG d
aoesCol‐
not
lision y V gu
d b ara
e nt
ris ee
tho or
All Damaged Fasteningau Elements Must Always Be Replaced. Re‐ ac
ss
shaping the Components or »Making Them Fit« Is Not Permitted.
ce
le
un
pt
The following components must be checked after every airbag

an
d
itte
y li
deployment.
rm
ab
pe
ility
With a Front Passenger Airbag Deployment:

ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Instrument panel central tube, front passenger airbag supports

hole
spec
and passenger airbag unit must be installed free of tension.

es, in part or in w
Replace the central tube.

t to the co
♦ Check the glove compartment for damage. Replace the glove

compartment if damaged.
rrectness of i
With a Driver Airbag Deployment:

l purpos
♦ Steering wheel: Remove the steering wheel and place it with

the rim on a flat surface. The entire steering wheel rim must
nform
ercia
rest on the surface. Otherwise the steering wheel should be

replaced.
m
a
com
tio
♦ Check steering wheel for smoke residue. If smoke residue is

n in
r
present, replace the steering wheel.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
1.10 Collision without Airbag Deployment

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
♦ If the Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75- does not indicate a mal‐

t.
yi Co
op
function, then it is not necessary to replace the pyrotechnic
C py
t. rig
gh
components. Seat belts must be checked separately.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.11 Seat Belts, Checking
WARNING
After every accident the seat belt system must be inspected

systematically! If damage is determined at any inspection
point, the customer must be informed that it is necessary to
replace the seat belt.
Inspection Points
♦ Check the seat belt webbing. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Seat Belt Webbing, Checking”, page 12 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
♦ Check the automatic belt retractor (locking function). Vol Refer to
ks ot g
by ua
⇒ “1.13 Automatic Belt Retractor (Locking Function),
ris
ed Check‐ ran
tee
ing”, page 13 . utho or
sa ac
♦ Visual inspection of the seat belt latch.sRefer to
ce
e
nl
⇒ “1.14 Seat Belt Latch, Visually Inspecting”, page 14 .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Seat belt latch function test. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “1.15 Seat Belt Latch, Function Test”, page 14 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Check the seat belt relays and belt tongue. Refer to
h re
⇒ “1.16 Seat Belt Relays and Belt Tongue, Checking”,
hole
spec
page 14 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Check the fasteners and mounting points. Refer to
⇒ “1.17 Fasteners and Mounting Points, Checking After a Col‐
lision”, page 15 .
rrectness of i
♦ Check the function of the child seat anchorage for additional
l purpos
child seats (not for the driver safety belt). Refer to

⇒ “1.18 Seat Belt for Child Seat, Checking Child Seat Restraint
Function, Market-Specific”, page 15 .
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Caution
o
n in
or c
thi
e
If customer refuses to have a damaged seat belt replaced, an

t
sd
iva
appropriate note should be made in the maintenance schedule

o
r
rp
cu
booklet.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
1.12 Seat Belt Webbing, Checking pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Procedure
AG.
– Pull the belt completely out of the automatic belt retractor or

lap belt adjustment tongue.
– Check the seat belt webbing for contamination, wash with mild
soapy water if necessary. Refer to the Owner's Manual.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ss Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
• If one of the types of damage (1 and 2) shown in the following

is detected on a vehicle which has been in an accident - re‐
place the entire seat belt with seat belt latch.
• If one kind of damage under points 1, 2, 3 and 4 is detected
on a vehicle which has not been in an accident, only the dam‐
aged seat belt needs to be replaced.
• 1 - Seat belt webbing cut, torn or frayed.
• 2 - Webbing loops on seat belt edge torn.
• 3 - Burn marks from cigarettes or similar.
• 4 - One side of belt edge deformed or area of belt edge is wavy.
1.13 Automatic Belt Retractor (Locking Func‐

tion), Checking
The automatic belt retractor has two locking functions.
♦ The first locking function is initiated by the belt being jerked
out of the automatic belt retractor (belt extraction accelera‐
tion).
Test 1
– Pull the seat belt webbing out of the automatic belt retractor
with a firm jerk.
• No locking effect - replace the entire seat belt with seat belt
latch.
• If malfunctions are experienced when pulling out or retracting
belt, first check whether position of the automatic belt retractor
has been altered.
• The second locking function is initiated by change in vehicle
velocity (vehicle-dependent locking function).
Test 2
WARNING
For safety reasons, road test should be carried out on traffic-

free stretch to ensure that other drivers/pedestrians etc. are not
endangered.
– Fasten the seat belt.

– Accelerate the vehicle to 20 km/h (12 mph) and then perform
a hard braking maneuver with the foot brake.
• Replace the entire seat belt with the seat belt latch if the seat
belt is not locked by locking mechanism during the braking
procedure. G. Volkswagen
nA AG do
wage es n
olks
1.14 Seat Belt Latch, Visually Inspecting by
V ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Inspect the seat belt latch for the formation
au
th of cracks and frac‐
o
or
ac
turing. ss
ce
le
un
• If damaged, replace the entire seat belt with seat belt latch.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
1.15 Seat Belt Latch, Function Test
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Seat Belt Latch, Checking
is n
h re
ole,
– Insert the belt tongue into the seat belt latch until it clicks into
spec
place. Check whether the locking mechanism is properly en‐
t to the co
gaged by giving the seat belt webbing a firm jerk.
• Replace the entire seat belt with the seat belt latch if the belt
tongue fails even once to engage properly in the seat belt latch
rrectne
during at least five tests.
Release, Checking
ss o
cial p
f
– Press the seat belt latch to release the seat belt. With the seat
inform
belt relaxed, the lock tongue must spring out of seat belt latch
mer
without assistance. atio

om
n
c
• Perform the test at least five times. Replace the entire seat belt
i
or
n thi
e
with the seat belt latch if the belt tongue fails to spring out even
t
sd
va
once.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
WARNING
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Under no circumstances may grease be used to eliminate cop Vo
by lksw
noise or stiffness at seat belt latch buttons.
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.16 Seat Belt Relays and Belt Tongue,

Checking
The plastic-covered guides show fine parallel scoring after strain‐
ing of the belt system (belt was fastened during accident). (Wear
from frequent belt use can be identified by smooth signs of wear
that are free of scoring.)
– Check plastic for deformation, rupture and the formation of
cracks.
• For groove build-up and/or damage, replace the entire seat
belt with the seat belt latch.

1.17 Fasteners and Mounting Points, Check‐

ing After a Collision
♦ Seat belt latch tongue deformed (stretched).
♦ Height adjustment not functional.
♦ Mounting points (seat, pillar, vehicle floor) distorted or threads
damaged.
• If damage is found on the components, replace the entire seat
belt with the seat belt latch.
• If parts of the seat belt system are removed due to an accident,
• Replace the mounting points.
Note
In damage is discovered that is not accident-related, for example,

wear, replace only the particular part which is damaged.
1.18 Seat Belt for Child Seat, Checking Child

Seat Restraint Function, Market-Specif‐
ic wage
e
ks s no
Vol t
To Check the Function,
ed
by You Must Install the Entire Belt
gu
aSystem,
ran
including the Side
thoris Trim Panel. tee
or
au ac
Hold Function,
ss Switching On
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Pull out the seat belt all the way.

an
d
itte
y li
Proper Function
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ The belt must retract with a chattering sound.

wit
, is n
h re
♦ If the retracting process is stopped, the belt cannot be pulled

hole
spec
out anymore.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Switching Off
♦ Belt retraction to about 100 mm remaining.
rrectness of i
♦ Hold function must switch off with a remainder of 100 mm, at

l purpos
the latest. The belt functions normally again.

If the seat belt child seat anchorage does not work, replace the
nform
ercia
seat belt
m
1.19 Child Seat Anchors, Checking After Col‐

a
com
tion in
lision
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Inspection Points
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Child seat anchors must be checked for damage or deforma‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
tion after a collision. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
♦ Child seat anchors welded or bolted into the body or the seatpy by
co Vo
or backrest must not be repaired or straightened.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Child seat anchors bolted into the body or the seat or backrest
must be replaced if damaged or deformed.
♦ Child seat anchors bolts should be replaced if bracket is dam‐
aged.
1.20 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview

Mirror Safety Precautions
WARNING
♦ To produce its unique properties, the interior rearview mir‐

ror glass is composed of several layers and contains an
electrolyte. Be careful of electrolyteagleaking
en AG. V fromagaenbroken
olksw AG do
mirror. Volksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
♦ The liquid electrolyte can
ho
ris cause irritation to the skin, eyes
e
tee
and respiratory system.
au
t or
ac
ss
♦ If liquid electrolyte comes into contact with the eyes or
ce
le
un
pt
skin, flush thoroughly with plenty of water. If irritation con‐
an
d
itte
tinues, see a doctor.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution
spec
t to the co
Electrolyte leaking from a broken mirror will damage all plastic
surfaces it comes in contact with. Remove spilled electrolyte
immediately using clean water and a sponge.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Repair Information
⇒ “2.1 Contact Corrosion”, page 17
⇒ “2.2 Wire Routing and Securing”, page 17
2.1 Contact Corrosion

Contact corrosion can occur if incorrect fasteners (bolts, nuts,
washers, etc.) are used.
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are
installed.
In addition, rubber or plastic parts and adhesives are made of
non-conductive materials.
Use new parts if necessary. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Note
♦ We recommend only using original replacement parts. They

have been tested and are compatible with aluminum.
AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
♦ The use of VW accessories
by
Vol is recommended.
k ot g
ua
ed ra
♦ Contact corrosion thdamage
or
is
is not covered under warranty! ntee o
au ra
c
ss
2.2 Wire Routing and Securing ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
When loosening or removing and installing hydraulic, pneumatic

hole
spec
or electrical lines, draw sketches or take pictures. This ensures

es, in part or in w
installation is the same as the original.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Repair Information 17
68 – Interior Equipment
1 Storage Compartments and Covers
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Storage Compartment/
Covers”, page 18
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover”, page 20
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover”, AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 22 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
⇒ “1.4 Overview - Steering Column Trim Panel”, page 23rise
d
nte
tho eo
⇒ “1.5 Overview - Glove Compartment”, page 24 ss au ra
c
ce
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Headliner Compartment”, page 25 e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.7 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing”, page
erm
ab
25
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.8 Driver Side Storage Compartment, Removing and Instal‐
, is n
h re
ling”, page 28
hole
spec
⇒ “1.9 Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and Instal‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling”, page 28
⇒ “1.10 Instrument Cluster Gap Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 30
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.11 Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
l purpos
stalling”, page 30
⇒ “1.12 Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
nform
ercia
m
at
om
i
⇒ “1.13 Front Passenger Side Footwell Cover, Removing and In‐
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
⇒ “1.14 Glove Compartment Handle, Removing and Installing”,
do
priv
c
page 33
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.15 Glove Compartment Lid Service Position”, page 35
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.16 Glove Compartment Lid Dampening Mechanism, Re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
moving and Installing”, page 35
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.17 Glove Compartment, Removing and Installing”,
page 36
⇒ “1.18 Glove Compartment Lid, Removing and Installing”, page
37
⇒ “1.19 Headliner Storage Compartment, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 38
⇒ “1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
38
⇒ “1.21 Parking Brake Lever Handle, Removing and Installing”,
page 39
1.1 Component Location Overview - Storage Compartment/Covers
18 Rep. Gr.68 - Interior Equipment

1 - Instrument Panel
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Instru‐
ment Panel”,
page 210 .
2 - Glove Compartment
⇒ “1.5 Overview - Glove
Compartment”,
page 24 .
3 - Center Console
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Cen‐
ter Console”,
page 53 .
4 - Steering Column Trim Pan‐
el
⇒ “1.4 Overview - Steer‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
ing Column Trim Panel”, agen oes
olksw not
page 23 . d by V gu
ara
rise nte
5 - Driver Side Instrument Pan‐ autho eo
ra
el Cover ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Driver
itte
y li
Side Instrument Panel
erm
ab
Cover”, page 22 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Storage Compartments and Covers 19

1.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles with
Manual Transmission”, page 20
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles without
Manual Transmission”, page 21
1.2.1 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles with Manual Transmission
1 - Driver Side Footwell Cover

❑ Removing and instal‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
ling. Refer to agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “1.7.1 Driver Side byV gu
ara
ed
Footwell Cover, Remov‐ horis nte
eo
ing and Installing, Vehi‐ s aut ra
c
cles with Manual Trans‐ s
ce
e
mission”, page 25 .
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2 - Bracket
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3 - Screw
wit
, is n
❑ 1.5 Nm
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles without Manual Transmis‐
sion
1 - Driver Side Footwell Cover

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.2 Driver Side
Footwell Cover, Remov‐
ing and Installing, Vehi‐
cles without Manual
Transmission”,
page 26 .
2 - Bracket agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Quantity: 2by Vo gu
a
d ran
ise
3 - Screw uthor tee
or
a ac
❑ 1.5ss Nm
ce
le
❑ Quantity: 2
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3 Overview - Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover
1 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
2 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
3 - Driver Side Instrument Pan‐
el Cover
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Driver Side In‐
strument Panel Cover,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 28 .
4 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4 Overview - Steering Column Trim Panel
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Instru‐
ment Panel”,
page 210 .
2 - Gap Cover
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Instrument
Cluster Gap Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 30 .
3 - Upper Steering Column
Trim Panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Upper Steering
Column Trim Panel, Re‐
page 30 .
❑ Press on until it engages
AG. Volkswagen AG d
audibly. ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
4 - Screw ised b ara
nte
or
❑ 2.5 Nm aut
h eo
ra
s c
❑ Quantity: 2 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
5 - Screw
an
itte
y li
erm
❑ 2.5 Nm
ab
ility
ot p
6 - Lower Steering Column
wit
, is n
Trim Panel
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “1.12 Lower Steering
Column Trim Panel, Re‐
rrectness of i
page 31 .
l purpos
7 - Steering Column Switch Module

❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module . nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf u2015
tho ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ eo
ra
a
Body
ss Interior - Edition 09.2015 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1.5 Overview - Glove Compartment
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
1 - Glove Compartment
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.17 Glove Compart‐
t to the co
ment, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 36 .
rrectness of i
2 - Dampening Mechanism
l purpos
❑ For the glove compart‐

ment lid
❑ With Glove Compart‐
nform
ercia
ment Lamp Switch -

m
E26-
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
ling. Refer to
his
ate
do
priv
c
ment Lid Dampening
um
for
en
g
Mechanism, Removing
n
t.
yi Co
and Installing”, . Cop py
page 35 .
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
3 - Screw
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 7
4 - Glove Compartment Lid
ling. Refer to
ment Lid, Removing and
Installing”, page 37 .
5 - Glove Compartment Han‐
dle
ling. Refer to
ment Handle, Removing
and Installing”,
page 33 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1.6 Overview - Headliner Compartment
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
1 - Storage Compartment
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ling. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “1.19 Headliner Stor‐
ility
ot p
age Compartment, Re‐
wit
, is n
h re
page 38 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
2 - Cover
t to the co
3 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ Quantity: 4
l purpos
4 - Front Interior Lamp - WX1-

❑ Component location
nf
ercia
o
overview. Refer to ⇒
rm
m
Electrical Equipment;
atio
m
Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps;

o
n in
c
Component Location
or
thi
e
Overview - Roof Trim

t
sd
iva
Panel Lamps .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.7 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “1.7.1 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles with Manual Transmission”, page 25
⇒ “1.7.2 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles without Manual Transmission”, page 26
1.7.1 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing

and Installing, Vehicles with Manual
Transmission
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the bolt -3-.

spec
– Pull the footwell cover -1- on the driver side out of the bracket
t to the co
-2- and remove.

Installing
rrectnes
Note
s o
cial p
f inform
Check all the fasteners for damage and replace if necessary.

mer
atio
om
Install in reverse order of removal.

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Tightening Specifications
t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ Refer to
um
r
fo
en
ng
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles with

t.
yi Co
Manual Transmission”, page 20 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
1.7.2 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
and Installing, Vehicles without Manual
agen
Prote AG.
Transmission

wage Body Interior - Edition
ot g 09.2015
lks es n
o
byV ua
ed ran
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783- thoris tee
or
au ac
Removing ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -3-.

– Pull the footwell cover -1- on the driver side out of the brackets
-2- and remove.
Installing
Note

♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Driver Side Footwell Cover, Vehicles with‐
out Manual Transmission”, page 21

1.8 Driver Side Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Open the driver side storage compartment -1- in the direction

nform
ercia
of the -arrow-.
m
at
– Loosen the driver side storage compartment -1- from the up‐
om
io
per retainers and remove it from the instrument panel -2-.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
Installing
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
Note
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Check all the fasteners for damage and replace if necessary. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.9 Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Re‐

moving and Installing

Removing
– Remove the driver side instrument panel side cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Instrument Panel Side Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 211 .
– Remove the footwell cover on the driver side. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 25 .
– Remove the driver side storage compartment. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Driver Side Storage Compartment, Removing and In‐
– Remove center console. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Center Console, Removing and Installing”, page 59
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the side screw -2-.

nform
ercia
– Remove the lower screw -3-.

m
at
– Remove the bolts -4 and 5-.

om
ion
c
in t
r
– Unclip the driver side instrument panel cover -1- from the in‐
o
his
te
strument panel -arrows- and remove.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
29
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 1. Storage Compartments and Covers
Installing
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Tightening Specifications agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ Refer to rised
nte
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Driver Side Instrument
ut
ho Panel Cover”, eo
ra
page 22 ss a c
ce
e
nl
1.10 Instrument Cluster Gap Cover, Remov‐
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ing and Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co
– Release the steering wheel adjustment lever.
– Pull out the steering wheel completely, push it downward and
rrectness of i
lock it.
l purpos
– Loosen the instrument cluster gap cover -2- off the mounts on
the instrument cluster -1- using the Trim Removal Wedge -
nform
ercia
3409- -arrows A-.

m
– Loosen the instrument cluster gap cover -2- off the mounts on
at
om
io
the upper steering column trim panel -3- -arrows B- and re‐
n
c
in t
r
move.
o
his
ate
do
riv
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.11 Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Re‐

Removing
– Release the steering wheel adjustment lever.
– Pull out the steering wheel completely, push it downward and
lock it.
– Loosen the instrument cluster gap cover off the mounts on the
instrument cluster using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- in
direction of -arrows A-.
– Loosen the upper steering column trim panel -1- off the lower
steering column trim panel mounts -arrow B- and -arrow C-.
To do so, turn the steering wheel accordingly.

– Disengage the upper steering column trim panel from the low‐
er steering column trim panel and remove it with the instrument
cluster gap cover.
Installing
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
1.12 Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Re‐
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
moving and Installing ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Special tools and workshop equipment
ss required c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Remove the upper steering column trim. Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.11 Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– If necessary, remove the ignition key.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the screws -1- from the lower steering column trim
panel. To do so, turn the steering wheel accordingly.
– Remove the lower steering column trim panel -2- from the
steering column.
– For vehicles with keyless locking and starting system, discon‐
nect the connector for the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil
- D2- .
Installing
Note

♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Overview - Steering Column Trim Panel”, page 23

1.13 Front Passenger Side Footwell Cover,

Removing and Installing
Removing
– Guide the front passenger side footwell cover -2- out of the
instrument panel and center console and remove it.
Installing
Note
♦ Check all the fasteners for damage and replace if necessary.

♦ The screws -1- are installed hand-tight.
1.14 Glove Compartment Handle, Removing

and Installing
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Special tools and workshop oequipment
lksw
ag required does
not
byV gu
ara
d
♦ Torque Wrench 1783oris - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
e nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Open the glove compartment.
– Remove the bolt -1- and the unlock button -2- from the glove
compartment lid.
Installing
Component Tightening Specification
Release button to glove com‐ 1.5 Nm
partment lid

1.15 Glove Compartment Lid Service Posi‐

tion
Moving into Service Position
– Open the glove compartment lid -2-.
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Press the stops -1- for the olks
glove
wage compartment liddo-2-
G
es nupward
ot g
in direction of -arrows
d b A -.
y V ua
r e an
ris te
– At the same time, ut open the glove compartment lid farther -2- or
ho e
in direction ofss a-arrow B-. While doing so, remove the braking ac
element for the dampening mechanism carefully from the
ce
e
nl
pt
damper.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Service Position, Resetting
ab
ility
ot p
– Slowly close the glove compartment lid while inserting the
wit
, is n
braking element for the braking component carefully into the
h re
hole
insulation component.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Close the glove compartment lid farther and lock behind the
t to the co
end stops.
rrectness of i
1.16 Glove Compartment Lid Dampening
Mechanism, Removing and Installing
l purpos
Removing
nform
ercia
– Move the glove compartment lid into the service position. Re‐
m
at
fer to
om
ion
⇒ “1.15 Glove Compartment Lid Service Position”, page 35 .
c
in t
or
his
te
– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Glove Compartment

a
do
riv
Lamp Switch - E26- -3-.

p
cum
for
en
g
– Turn the damper -1- 90° (1/4 turn) -arrow- and remove it from
n
t.
yi Co
op py
the glove compartment. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Move/release the braking element -1- in the direction of the

-arrow- and remove it from the glove compartment lid -2-.
Installing
Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Check all the fasteners for damage and replace if necessary.olkswag does
not
yV gu
db ara
ise nte
Install in reverse order of removal. tho
r eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
1.17 Glove Compartment, Removing and In‐
rrectne
stalling
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
Removing
atio
om
– Remove the front passenger instrument panel side cover. Re‐
n
c
i
or
n
fer to
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
c
page 211 .
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove the footwell cover on the front passenger side. Refer
yi Co
op
to
C py
ht. rig
⇒ “1.13 Front Passenger Side Footwell Cover, Removing and
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Installing”, page 33 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove center console. Refer to
– If equipped, remove the Information Electronics Control Mod‐
ule 1 - J794- . Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ;
Infotainment System; Information Electronics Control Module
1 J794, Removing and Installing .

– Remove the side screw -arrow 1-.

– Open the glove compartment lid and remove the screws
-2 arrows-.
– Unclip the glove compartment from the instrument panel and
remove it just far enough until the hose for the glove compart‐
ment cooling is accessible.
– Remove the glove compartment cooling hose from the glove
compartment.
– Disconnect any connectors from the glove compartment, free
up the wiring guides and remove the glove compartment.
Installing
Note

♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Overview - Glove Compartment”, page 24
AG. Volkswagen gen AG do
swa es n
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Center
by
VolConsole”, page 53
k ot g
ua
ed ran
oris tee
1.18 Glove Compartment Lid, Removing and
th or
au ac
ss
Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Removing
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to
ot p
⇒ “1.17 Glove Compartment, Removing and Installing”, wit

is n
h re
page 36 .
ole,
spec
– Place the glove compartment on a soft surface.

t to the co
– Move the glove compartment lid into the service position. Re‐
fer to
⇒ “1.15 Glove Compartment Lid Service Position”, page 35 .
rrectne
– Drive out the left and right hinge bolts -1- with a punch in di‐
s
rection of the -arrow B-.

s o
cial p
– Remove the glove compartment lid from the glove compart‐

inform
ment.
mer
atio
m
Installing
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Install in reverse order of removal. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.19 Headliner Storage Compartment, Re‐

Removing
– Switch off the ignition.
– Unclip the cover -1- from the headliner storage compartment
-3- and remove it.
– Remove the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- -2-. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Front Interior Lamp/
Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing .
– If necessary, remove the covers for the interior rearview mir‐
ror. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror”, page 64 .
– Remove the headliner storage compartment -2- from the re‐

inforcement frame in the headliner -3-.
Installing
Note lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Check all the fasteners
utho for damage and replace if necessary. or
a ac
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Refer to
ot
wit
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Headliner Compartment”, page 25

, is n
h re
hole
spec
1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing

es, in part or in w
t to the co
and Installing
rrectness of i

l purpos
Removing
nform
ercia
– Unclip the front parking brake lever trim -1- -arrow-.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Set the parking brake.

– Roll the parking brake lever trim -1- on the parking brake lever
-2- up and over the handle.
– Carefully unclip and remove the parking brake lever trim -1-
on the handle -arrow- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
Installing
– Pull the parking brake lever trim -1- over the handle.
– Insert the parking brake lever trim -1- into the groove
-arrow A- in the handle.
– Insert the parking brake lever trim
. Volk-1-
swainto
gen Athe
G docenter console
gen AG
and clip it in the frontolk-arrow
swa B-. es n
ot
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
1.21 Parking Brake Lever Handle, Removing

rrectne
and Installing
ss o

cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m
♦ Puller - Unit Injector - T10055-

o
n
c
i
or
♦ Assembly Tool - T10488-

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Removing
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Remove the parking brake lever trim. Refer to

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing and Installing”, C py
t. rig
page 38 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Position the Puller - Unit Injector - T10055- -1- on the side of cted agen
Prote AG.
the handle -2-.
– Remove the handle -2- from the parking brake lever -3- using
the Puller - Unit Injector - T10055- .
Installing
WARNING
Do not re-use the handle for the parking brake lever.
– Set the parking brake.

– Put tape over the handle -2- to prevent it from getting dam‐
aged.
– Install the handle -2- on the parking brake lever -3-.
– Use the Assembly Tool - T10488- -1-.
– Mount the handle carefully on the parking brake lever -1- until
dimension -a- is reached.
Dimension -a-: 10 mm ± 1 mm
– Install the parking brake lever trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 38 . olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Equipmentn AG. Volkswagen AG

a oes ge d
ksw
⇒ “2.1 Overview b-y Screen
Vol Separator”, page 41 not gua
d ran
se
⇒ “2.2 Overview
tho
ri - Sun Visors”, page 43 tee
or
au ac
⇒ “2.3 Overview
ss - Roof Grab Handle”, page 44
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.4 Screen Separator, Removing and Installing”, page 44
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.5 Screen Separator Mount, Removing and Installing”,
ility
ot p
page 45
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “2.6 Screen Separator Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page
ole,
46
spec
t to the co
page 46
⇒ “2.8 Sun Visor, Removing and Installing”, page 47
rrectne
⇒ “2.9 Sun Visor Center Support, Removing and Installing”, page
49
ss o
cial p
f
⇒ “2.10 Roof Grab Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 50
inform
mer
⇒ “2.11 Roof Grab Handle Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
atio
page 52
om
n
c
i
or
n
2.1 Overview - Screen Separator thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Equipment 41
1 - Screen Separator
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Screen Separa‐
tor, Removing and In‐
2 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
3 - Mount Trim
❑ Allocation. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Screen Separator
Mount, Removing and
4 - Screen Separator Mount
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Screen Separator
Mount, Removing and
5 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
7 - Mount Bracket
Parts Catalog.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Removing lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
– Remove the headliner. rised ara
nte
Refer to ⇒ “7.3.2 Headliner, Removing and uInstalling,
tho Wagon”, page 301 . eo
ra
s a c
s
– Remove the screws -5- and the mount bracket.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
8 - Screw
y li
rm
ab
❑ Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 88

pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
9 - Screen Separator Bracket

h re
hole
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

spec
⇒ “2.6 Screen Separator Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 46 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
10 - Rubber Grommet
❑ Slide over the screen separator bracket and insert into the luggage compartment side trim panel
rrectness of i
11 - Mount
l purpos
❑ On the right 2/3 rear seat backrest

nform
ercia
⇒ “2.5 Screen Separator Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 45 .

m
12 - Selector
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
⇒ “2.5 Screen Separator Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 45 .

s
iva
do
r
rp
13 - Bolt
um
fo
en
g
❑ 8 Nm
n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Quantity: 2 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ Remove the locking fluid from

the bolt threads using a wire
brush. Then insert the bolts with
locking compound. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
♦ Remove the locking fluid from
the bolt holes, for example using
a thread tap.
2.2 Overview - Sun Visors
Note
The overview illustration shows the driver side. The illustration for the front passenger side is identical.
1 - Sun Visor
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Sun Visor, Re‐
page 47 .
2 - Sun Visor Mount AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Cannot be removed yV
olksw not
gu
from the sun visor ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
3 - Center Support s aut ra
c
s
❑ For the sun visor
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ling. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “2.9 Sun Visor Center
ility
ot p
Support, Removing and
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Equipment 43
2.3 Overview - Roof Grab Handle
Note
The overview illustration shows the left front roof grab handle. The illustration for the remaining roof grab handles
is identical.
1 - Roof Grab Handle Bracket

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Roof Grab Han‐
dle Bracket, Removing
and Installing”,
page 52 .
2 - Spacer
❑ Clipped to the roof grab
handle
❑ Before reinstalling, en‐
sure the correct installa‐
tion position, and cor‐ lkswage es n
rect if necessary. d byV
o ot g
ua
ran
ir se
❑ Removing the spacer is tho tee
or
not permitted au ac
ss
ce
le
3 - Headliner
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ling. Refer to
ab
ility
⇒ “7.3 Headliner, Re‐
ot p
wit
is n
h re
page 299 .
ole,
spec
4 - Roof Grab Handle
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Roof Grab Han‐
rrectne
dle, Removing and In‐
ss
5 - Screw
o
cial p
f in
❑ 4.5 Nm
form
mer
❑ Quantity: 2
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2.4 Screen Separator, Removing and Instal‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
ling pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Removing
AG.
– Fold both rear seat backrests forward.

– Remove the screen separator -1- to the right from out of the
mounts -2- on the right 2/3 of the rear seat backrest.
Installing
– Position the screen separator -1- with the guides into the
– Press the screen separator all the way to the left into the
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
2.5 Screen Separator Mount, Removing ss aut ra
c
and Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the screen separator. Refer to
wit
⇒ “2.4 Screen Separator, Removing and Installing”, page 44 .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the insert -3- and mount -1- from the right 2/3 rear
t to the co
seat backrest.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
Installing
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention to the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
following:
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Note the installation position of the insert -1- and the mount
-2-.
♦ Secure the mount -2- in the left threaded holes.
♦ Insert the tab on the insert -1- into the mount opening -2-.
♦ Remove the locking fluid from the bolt threads using a wire
brush. Then insert the bolts with locking compound. Refer to
the Parts Catalog.
♦ Remove the locking fluid from the bolt holes, for example using
a thread tap.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Screen Separator”, page 41
2. Equipment 45
2.6 Screen Separator Bracket, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer to
⇒ “6.12.2 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing
and Installing, Wagon”, page 291 .
– Pull the seat belt webbing to the side and remove the bolts
-2-.
– Pull the screen separator bracket -1- out of the seat belt guide
-3- in direction of -arrow- and remove it.
Installing
♦ Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point
lksw Seat Belt”,
agen oes
not
page 88 db
yV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
tho or
2.7 Screen Separator
ss Mount, Removing au ac
and Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
Screen Separator Mount without Rear Reading Lamp
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
The removal and installation of the left rear screen separator

l purpos
mount is described. The removal and installation of the other

screen separator mounts is identical.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
– Loosen the trim -1- with the screen separator mount from the
r
te o
headliner at the bottom using the Trim Removal Wedge -

thi
s
iva
3409- in direction of -arrow A-.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Then slightly guide the trim -1- with the screen separator
en
ng
t.
yi
mount downward out of the headliner in direction of
Co
op py
-arrow B-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Then guide the screen separator mount with the trim upward
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
out of the headliner and remove it.
agen
Prote AG.
Note
For vehicles with a sunroof, the retaining tabs are turned 180° and
attached to the rear trim -1-. The removing and installing proce‐
dure for these screen separator mounts is identical.

Screen Separator Mount with Rear Reading Lamp
Note
The removal and installation of the left screen separator mount is

described. Removing and installing the right screen separator
mount is identical.
– Remove the Left Rear Reading Lamp - W11- . Refer to ⇒

Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Rear Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolt -2-. lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
– Release the retaining tabs o
ir se -3- on the trim -1- and loosen the
ran
tee
trim from the headlinerau using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
th or
ac
in direction of -arrow
ss A-.
ce
le
un
pt
– Then guide the trim -1- with the screen separator mount for‐
an
d
itte
ward out of the headliner in direction of -arrow B- and remove
y li
erm
ab
it.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Installing
h re
ole,
spec
following:
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Make sure that the guide tab -arrow- on the screen separator
ss
bracket is resting properly in the opening for the screen separator
o
cial p
f
mount -1-.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Screen Separator”, page 41

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
2.8 Sun Visor, Removing and Installing

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The removal and installation of the driver side sun visor is descri‐
AG.
bed. The removal and installation for the front passenger side is
identical.

♦ Release Pliers - VAS6427-
Removing
– Pivot the sun visor forward.
– Using a flat-head screwdriver, carefully pry out the vanity mir‐
ror lighting -1- at the opening -arrow-.
– Disconnect the connector.
2. Equipment 47
– Disengage the sun visor -2- at the center support -1-.

– Open the caps -3- in the sun visor mount.
Note
For the following steps, make sure that the Release Pliers -
VAS6427- are positioned in the center of the retainers.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Using the Release Pliers - VAS6427- , loosen the front retainer

-3- in the sun visor mount -1- from the body mount.
– Keep tension on the sun visor to prevent the retainer from un‐
intentionally locking again.
– Using the Release Pliers - VAS6427- , loosen the rear retainer
-3- in the sun visor mount -1- from the body mount.
– Carefully remove the sun visor -2- with the sun visor mount
-3- downward from the body mount and remove the transpor‐
tation safeguard.
– Pull the wiring harness bonded to the headliner forward. Dis‐
connect the connector and remove the sun visor.
Note
If the wiring harness is torn off when »pulling forward«, lower the
headliner. To service the wiring harness, use the Wiring Harness
Repair Set - VAS1978B- .
Installing
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Check all the fasteners for damage and replacelkifswnecessary.
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
– Tape around the connector with a layer
ho of foam tape. eo
aut ra
– Using a finger, reach into the vanity mirror lighting opening. ss c
ce
le
Slightly pull the headliner downward.

un
pt
an
d
itte
– Slide the connector approximately 6 cm (2.3 inches) toward
y li
rm
ab
the rear between the headliner and the roof crossmember.
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Engage the front retainer in the sun visor mount into the body
, is n
h re
mount.
hole
– Engage the rear retainer in the sun visor mount into the body spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
mount.
– Make sure both retainers are completely engaged in the ve‐
hicle body.
rrectness of i

l purpos
2.9 Sun Visor Center Support, Removing

nform
ercia
and Installing
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Note
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
The removal and installation of the driver side sun visor center
en
ng
t.
support is described. The removal and installation for the front
yi Co
op py
passenger side is identical. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Removing cted agen
Prote AG.
– Detach the sun visor at the sun visor center mount and fold to
the side.
– Turn the sun visor center support -1- approximately 90° (1/4 of
a turn) counter-clockwise in direction of -arrow-.
2. Equipment 49
– Remove the sun visor center support -1- downward.

Installing
2.10 Roof Grab Handle, Removing and In‐

stalling
Note
The removal and installation for the left front roof grab handle is
described. The removal and installation of the other roof grab
handles is identical.

♦ Release Tool - T10518-
Removing
– Fold the roof grab handle -1- down and unclip the caps -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Fold the roof grab handle -1- downward and push the Release
es, in part or in w
Tool - T10518- all the way into the left retainer -arrow-.
t to the co
– Using the inserted Release Tool - T10518- , carefully pull on

the roof grab handle -1- near the left retainer.
rrectness of i
– Unclip the right retainer as described.

l purpos
– The retainers -2- of the roof grab handle -1- are thus loosened
from the mounts in the roof grab handle bracket.
nform
ercia
– Remove the roof grab handle from the mounts.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
agen oes
olksw not
V
– Place the twoedcaps
by in the roof grab handle, but do gu
anot
ran lock in
place. ho ris tee
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
Installing
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
• Roof grab handle -2- folded down during the assembly.
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Both caps -1- inserted in the roof grab handle -2-, but not
locked in place.
– Press the folded down roof grab handle -1- into the appropriate
installation opening in the vehicle roof using both retainers
-2-.
2. Equipment 51
– Fold up the roof grab handle -1-. As a result, the caps -2- en‐
gage audibly into the locking position.
– Fold the roof grab handle down and check if both caps are
completely engaged in the roof grab handle. This is the case
if the caps and the respective roof grab handle base form a
flat surface.
2.11 Roof Grab Handle Bracket, Removing

and Installing
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris
Note tho
tee
or
au ac
ss
The removal and installation for the left front roof grab handle
ce
e
nl
pt
du
bracket is described. The removal and installation of the other roof

an
itte
grab handle brackets is identical. y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co
– Remove the headliner. Refer to

⇒ “7.3 Headliner, Removing and Installing”, page 299 .
rrectness of i
– If equipped, unclip the wiring guide -1- from the roof grab han‐
l purpos
dle bracket -3-.

– Remove the screws -2- and remove the roof grab handle
nf
ercia
bracket -3-.
orm
m
atio
Installing
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.3 Overview - Roof Grab Handle”, page 44

3 Center Console
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Center Console”, page 53
⇒ “3.2 Front Ashtray, Removing and Installing”, page 55
⇒ “3.3 Center Console Rear Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
55
⇒ “3.4 Front Footwell Center Console Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing”, page 55
⇒ “3.5 Display and Control Unit Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 56
⇒ “3.6 Front Center Console Storage Compartment, Removing
and Installing”, page 57
⇒ “3.7 Center Console Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 57
⇒ “3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 61
3.1 Overview - Center Console
1 - Display and Control Unit

Trim
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Display and Con‐
trol Unit Trim, Removing
and Installing”,
page 56 .
2 - Front Center Console Stor‐
age Compartment n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Removing and instal‐ y Volks ot g
ua
ling. Refer to ed b ran
ris
⇒ “3.6 Front Center
utho tee
or
Console Storagess Com‐
a ac
partment, Removing
ce
le
un
and Installing”,
pt
an
d
itte
page 57 .
y li
rm
ab
pe
3 - Service Door Storage Com‐

ility
ot
partment Mat
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Placed in the center

hole
spec
console
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Footwell Center Console

Trim Panel
❑ Left and right
rrectness of i

l purpos
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Front Footwell
Center Console Trim
nform
ercia
Panel, Removing and

m
a
com
tion in
5 - Screw
r
te o
thi
❑ 1.5 Nm
s
iva
do
r
rp
❑ Quantity: 2
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
53
AG.
3. Center Console
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen oes
olksw not
V
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 d by gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
6 - Service Door ss au ra
c
❑ Clipped in the center
ce
e
nl
pt
du
console
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
7 - Screw
ility
ot p
❑ 1.5 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 2
hole
spec
8 - Shift Mechanism Cover
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.7 Center Console Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
9 - Screw
rrectness of i
❑ 1.5 Nm
l purpos
❑ Quantity: 2
10 - Cap
nf
ercia
❑ Clipped in the center console
orm
m
atio
11 - Clip
om
n in
c
❑ Clipped in the center console

or
thi
te
sd
iva
12 - Center Console
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.8 Center Console, Removing and Installing”, page 59 .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
13 - Screw C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ 6 Nm yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Quantity: 2 cted agen
Prote AG.
14 - Cap
❑ Left and right
❑ Push in the center console
15 - Center Console Rear Trim
⇒ “3.3 Center Console Rear Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 55 .
16 - Screw
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
17 - Bracket Behind Shifting Mechanism
❑ Clipped on the gearshift mechanism noise insulation
18 - Shifting Mechanism Noise Insulation
19 - Bracket in Front of Shifting Mechanism
❑ For the center console
⇒ “3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 61 .
20 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
21 - Screw
❑ 6 Nm
22 - Bracket
❑ For the footwell center console trim panel
❑ Clipped with the heater and A/C unit

3.2 Front Ashtray, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the front ashtray -1- upward from the center console
-2-.
Installing
3.3 Center Console Rear Trim, Removing

and Installing
♦ Backrest Panel Tool - 3370-
Removing
– Move the front seats all the way forward.
– Pull the rear trim -1- at the lower end off of the center console
-2- toward the rear.
– Pull the rear trim -1- upward off of the center console -2-
-arrow- and remove it.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note by
Vo gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o e
Check all the fasteners
aut
h
for damage and replace if necessary. or ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3.4 Front Footwell Center Console Trim

h re
hole
spec
Panel, Removing and Installing

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Removal and installation are described for the footwell center

l purpos
console trim panel on the driver side. The removal and installation
for the front passenger side is identical.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e
Removing
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Center Console 55
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Remove the bolt -3-. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Pull the footwell center console trim panel -1- downward off of
an
d
itte
y li
the mounts for the center console -2- and remove.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co

rrectne

ss o
cial p
♦ Refer to
f in
⇒ “3.4 Front Footwell Center Console Trim Panel, Removing

form
mer

atio
om
3.5 Display and Control Unit Trim, Remov‐

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
ing and Installing

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
56
AG.
Rep. Gr.68 - Interior Equipment
Removing
– Loosen but do not remove the center instrument panel panel
trim in the lower area using -3409- .
– Unclip the display and control unit trim -1- from the display and
control unit -2- starting at the bottom and remove.
Installing
Note
3.6 Front Center Console Storage Compart‐

ment, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the display and control head trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Display and Control Unit Trim, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 56 .
– Unclip the front storage compartment -1- from the center con‐
sole -2- -arrows A-.
– Remove the front storage compartment -1- from the center
console -2- toward the rear -arrow B-.
wage es n
– If equipped, disconnect the connectors from the fronty storage
Volks ot g
ua
compartment. ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
Installing au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Note
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Make sure the tab on the front storage compartment is seated
hole
correctly in the center console hole.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
When installing, position the storage compartment at a slight an‐

gle in order to insert it into the rear guide. Then press the storage
nform
ercia
compartment downward and lock in place.

m
a
com
tion in
r
3.7 Center Console Cover, Removing and

te o
thi
s
iva
do
Installing
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Removing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– For vehicles with a Direct Shift Gearbox (DSG) transmission,
move the selector lever into “D/S”.

– Carefully unclip the selector lever/shift lever boot from the
center console and fold it upward.
– Remove the front storage compartment. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Front Center Console Storage Compartment, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 57 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
or
– Remove the gearshift mechanism cover -1- from the center

f
en
ng
t.
console in the direction of the -arrow- until the connectors are
yi Co
op py
accessible. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Release and disconnect any existing connectors.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully remove the gearshift mechanism cover -1- over the
selector lever/gearshift lever.
Installing
Note


♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Center Console”, page 53
3.8 Center Console, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
swage es n
– Remove the center console rear trim. y V Refer to
olk ot g
ua
⇒ “3.3 Center Console Rear Trim,
ir se Removing and Installing”,
d b ran
tee
page 55 . utho
or
a ac
ss
– Remove the gearshift mechanism cover. Refer to
ce
le
⇒ “3.7 Center Console Cover, Removing and Installing”, page

un
pt
an
d
57 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the parking brake lever trim. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.20 Parking Brake Lever Trim, Removing and Installing”,
wit
is n
page 38 .
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the left and right footwell center console trim panels.
Refer to
t to the co
and Installing”, page 55 .
rrectne
– Remove the display and control unit. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Display and
Control Head; Display and Control Head, Removing and In‐
ss o
stalling .
cial p
f inform
– Remove the mounting bracket in front of the gearshift mech‐
mer
anism. Refer to
atio
m
⇒ “3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and Installing”,

o
n
c
i
page 61 .
or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Remove the bolts -1- for the center console -2-.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– If equipped, release and disconnect the connector -3- for the

en
ng
t.
yi
12 V socket.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Move the front seats as far forward as possible using the for‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ward/back adjuster.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the left and right cap -1- from the center console
-3-.
– Remove the bolt -2- for the center console -3- on the left and
right sides.
– Remove the bolts -2- for the center console -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Lift the center console -1- at the rear and remove it from the
rm
m
instrument panel toward the rear.

atio
om
n in
c
– Carefully remove the center console -1- over the selector lev‐
or
thi
e
er/gearshift lever and the parking brake lever.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Installing olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Note ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
nform
mercia
– Remove the screw -1- on the left and right.
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Pivot the mounting bracket -3- out of the center console.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Installing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Note py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Front Center Armrest

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Front Center Armrest”, page 62
⇒ “4.2 Front Center Armrest, Removing and Installing”,
page 63
4.1 Overview - Front Center Armrest
1 - Front Center Armrest

ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Front Center
Armrest, Removing and
2 - Screw
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2 Front Center Armrest, Removing and In‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d

stalling yV
olksw
agen oes
not
g b ua
ed ran
Removing oris tee
th or
au ac
– Remove the center console rear trim. Refer to ss
⇒ “3.3 Center Console Rear Trim, Removing and Installing”,
ce
e
nl
pt
du
page 55 .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the air guide channel in the rear center console. Refer
ility
ot p
to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ;
wit
Air Routing; Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Pas‐
, is n
h re
senger Compartment .
hole
spec
– Remove the screw -2- on the left and right.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the front center armrest -1- upward from the center
console -3- in direction of -arrow-.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Front Center Armrest”, page 62

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Front Center Armrest 63

5 Interior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror”, page 64
⇒ “5.2 Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
page 68
⇒ “5.3 Retaining Plate, Removing and Installing”, page 70
5.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “5.1.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Manual Dim‐
ming, without Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and Driver
Assistance Systems Front Camera R242 ”, page 64
⇒ “5.1.2 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Manual or Au‐
tomatic Dimming, with Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and
without Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera R242 ”,
page 66
⇒ “5.1.3 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Automatic Dim‐
ming, with Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and Driver As‐
sistance Systems Front Camera R242 ”, page 67
5.1.1 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Manual Dimming, without Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- and Driver Assistance Systems Front
Camera - R242- lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Baseplate
❑ Baseplate for mirror
base
❑ Bonded to the wind‐
shield
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Retaining Plate,
ling”, page 70 .
2 - Interior Rearview Mirror
❑ Manual dimming
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Interior Rearview
Mirror, Removing and
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Interior Rearview Mirror 65

lkswage es n
Golf 2015 ➤ , GolfdVariant
by
Vo 2015 ➤ ot g
ua
ran
Body Interior - hEdition
orise
09.2015 tee
ut or
a ac
ss
5.1.2 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Manual or Automatic Dimming, with
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- and without Driver Assistance Sys‐
an
itte
y li
erm
tems Front Camera - R242-
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Front Cover
hole
spec
❑ for the mirror base
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2 - Automatic High Beam As‐
sist Control Module - J844-
rrectness of i
❑ Equipment levels
❑ Not available separate‐
l purpos
ly.
3 - Baseplate
nf
ercia
or
❑ For the interior rearview
m
m
atio
mirror
om
n in
c

or
thi
e
shield
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
ling. Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “5.3 Retaining Plate,
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ling”, page 70 . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
4 - Trim Prote AG.
❑ Clipped into the headlin‐

er frame
❑ To remove, first remove
the rear cover -5-
5 - Rear Cover
❑ For the mirror base
Parts Catalog.
ling. Refer to

5.1.3 Overview - Interior Rearview Mirror with Automatic Dimming, with Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- and Driver Assistance Systems Front
Camera - R242-
1 - Front Cover
2 - Baseplate
❑ For the interior rearview
mirror
shield
3 - Rear Cover
ling. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and

Installing
⇒ “5.2.1 Manual Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and
Installing, without Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and Driv‐
er Assistance Systems Front Camera R242 ”, page 68
⇒ “5.2.2 Manual or Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror,
Removing and Installing, with Rain/Light Recognition Sensor
G397 and without Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera R242
”, page 69
⇒ “5.2.3 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing
and Installing, with Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and Driv‐
er Assistance Systems Front Camera R242 ”, page 70
5.2.1 Manual Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing, without
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- and Driver Assistance Systems
Front Camera - R242-
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn the interior rearview mirror -2- 90° (1/4 rotation) counter-
clockwise in direction of -arrow-.

– Remove the interior rearview mirror -2- from the bonded base‐
plate -1-.
Installing
Note
5.2.2 Manual or Automatic Dimming aInterior

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
ksw
Rearview Mirror, Removing V and Instal‐
ol not
by gu
d ara
ise
ling, with Rain/Light Recognition Sensor
r nte
tho eo
u ra
- G397- and without s Driver Assistance
s a c
ce
e
Systems Front Camera - R242-

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Removing
ab
ility
ot p
– Pivot the interior rearview mirror downward until stop, approx‐
wit
, is n
imately 25°.
h re
hole
spec
– Pull the cover -2- rearward and downward in direction of
es, in part or in w
-arrow- and at the same time release the catches -1- with a
t to the co
screwdriver.
– Disengage the cover from the mirror base and remove.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
– Carefully disengage the tabs in direction of -arrows- and re‐
for
en
g
move the front cover -1- downward out of the guide rods on
n
t.
yi Co
op
the interior rearview mirror base -2-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Turn the interior rearview mirror -1- 20° counter-clockwise in
p by
co Vo
by lksw
direction of -arrow- and remove it downward. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– If equipped, disconnect the connector from the interior rear‐

view mirror.
Installing
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ by Vol
gu
ara
d
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 orise nte
eo
th
au ra
s c
5.2.3 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Mirror, Removing and Installing, with
an
itte
y li
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
and Driver Assistance Systems Front
wit
, is n
h re
Camera - R242-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co
– Unclip the front cover -1- from the Front Interior Lamp - WX1-
and pull it downward approximately 10 mm in direction of
rrectness of i
-arrows B-. l purpos
– Release the retaining tabs -3- using a small screwdriver.

– Pull the front cover -1- forward off of the Front Interior Lamp -
nf
ercia
WX1- and the retaining plate in direction of -arrow B- and
or
remove.
m
m
atio
m
– Remove the rear cover -2- toward the rear.

o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Using a 13 mm open-end wrench -2-, turn the interior rearview

t
sd
iva
mirror -1- 20° counter-clockwise -arrow- and remove it down‐
o
r
rp
cu
ward.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the connector from the interior rearview mirror.

Installing
Note
5.3 Retaining Plate, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “5.3.1 Manual or Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror
Retaining Plate, Removing and Installing, without Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor G397 and Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐
era R242 ”, page 70
⇒ “5.3.2 Manual Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror Retaining
Plate, Removing and Installing, with Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐
sor G397 and without Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera
R242 ”, page 72
5.3.1 Manual or Automatic Dimming Interior

Rearview Mirror Retaining Plate, Re‐
moving and Installing, without Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- and
Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐
era - R242-

♦ Window scraper (commercially available)

♦ Blade (commercially available)
Materials
♦ Glass/Metal Adhesive Set - D 000 703 A1-
Attaching
– Remove the baseplate -1- from the mirror base -2- in the di‐
rection of the -arrow-.agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
w es n
olks o
– Remove theePUR db
y V adhesive sealant from the baseplate
t gu
ara -1- with
a wire brush.
horis nte
e
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Sand off the three spacer knobs -arrows- on the adhesive sur‐
m
face. Use 360 - 400 grit sand paper on the flat surface.
at
om
ion
c
– Keep the sanded surface free of dirt and grease.

in t
or
his
ate
– Remove the PUR adhesive sealant as well as the old glass/

do
priv
paint primer up to the ceramic layer from the windshield with

um
for
a scraper.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Caution
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Do not damage the ceramic layer. Scratches always remain
AG.
visible.
– Clean the adhesive surface with Adhesive Remover - D 002

000 10- or Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Cut the nylon mesh -3- taken from the Glass/Metal Adhesive
Set - D 000 703 A1- to the exact size of the baseplate -2-.
Note
♦ Protective gloves (rubber gloves) should be worn.

♦ Pay attention to the adhesive working time.
♦ 30 seconds are available from laying the nylon mesh on the
adhesive to pressing on the windshield.
– Apply adhesive -1- from the Glass/Metal Adhesive Set - D 000

703 A1- evenly over the baseplate -2-.
– Place the nylon mesh -3- on the baseplate -2-.

– With the adhesive tube -1- dab more adhesive onto the nylon
mesh -3-.
– Press the baseplate -1- onto the windshield -2- and hold for
. Volkswagen AG
15 seconds (without using
swaforce).
gen AG does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
Note tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
The interior rearview mirror can be installed after 15 minutes.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5.3.2 Manual Dimming Interior Rearview Mir‐

ror Retaining Plate, Removing and In‐
rrectness of i
stalling, with Rain/Light Recognition

l purpos
Sensor - G397- and without Driver As‐

sistance Systems Front Camera - R242-
nform
mercia
at
om
io
Note
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
♦ Removal of windshield is no longer necessary, as with previ‐

do
priv
ous repair procedure.

um
for
en
ng
t.
♦ At the same time, it is possible to use the old, detached mirror
yi Co
op py
base. . C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
Windshield, Preparing cted agen
Prote AG.
– All adhesive and primer residue must be removed up to ce‐

ramic coating.
– Clean the adhesive surface using Cleaning Solution - D 009
401 04- .
– Maintain a “drying time” of at least 10 minutes.
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- on the ceramic
coating.
– Let it dry for 10 minutes to maximum one hour.

Preparing the Fallen Retaining Plate

– Remove the remaining adhesive:
♦ Prepare the adhesive surface by “wet-sanding” with fine em‐
ery paper (800-1200 grit) until water coats the entire adhesive
surface.
♦ Then clean using Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
♦ Maintain a “drying time” of atnleast
AG. Vo10 minutes.
lkswagen A
age G do
ksw es n
Baseplate, Bonding by Vol ot g
ua
ed ran
s
– Apply the Two-Part
hori
Polyurethane Adhesive - D 180 KD2 A1-
tee
ut o
directly onto
ss
a the sanded and cleaned adhesive surface -1- onr ac
the baseplate.
ce
le
un
pt
an
Adhesive bead diameter: approximately 2.5 to 3.0 mm.
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Press the retaining plate onto the prepared windshield -2- im‐
ility
ot p
mediately after applying the adhesive.
wit
is n
h re
– Align the retaining plate in its designated position on the ce‐
ole,
spec
ramic coating and secure using adhesive tape.
t to the co
Excess Adhesive, Cleaning and Removing
– Carefully remove the adhesive tape 0.5 to 1 hour after attach‐
ing the baseplate.
rrectne
– Carefully the remove excess soft adhesive all around using a
s
small scraper.
s o
cial p
f i
– Then remove any remaining excess adhesive using a primer
applicator or cloth, saturated with Cleaning Solution - D 009 nform
mer
401 04- .
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
Note
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
The interior rearview mirror can be installed 2.5 hours after gluing
ng
t.
yi Co
on the retaining plate. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Special Tools
♦ Puller - Unit Injector - T10055- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Assembly Tool - T10488-
rrectness of i
♦ Release Tool - T10518-
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Special Tools 75
69 – Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts

1 Seat Belts
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting
Points”, page 76
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 83
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 88
⇒ “1.4 Overview - Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt”,
page 94
⇒ “1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch”, page 95
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch”, page 97
⇒ “1.7 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing”,
page 98
⇒ “1.8 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing”,
page 106
⇒ “1.9 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing”,
page 114
⇒ “1.10 Rear Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing”,
page 115
⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”,
page 116 wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
⇒ “1.12 Rear Outer Belt End Fitting, Removing
ed
by and Installing”, ara
page 117 horis nte
eo
t
au ra
⇒ “1.13 Seat Belt Height Adjuster,
ss Removing and Installing”, page c
118
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”,

y li
erm
ab
page 120
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.15 Rear Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”,

, is n
h re
page 121
hole
spec
1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Belts and Mounting Points

⇒ “1.1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mount‐
rrectness of i
ing Points, 2-Door Sedan”, page 76

l purpos

ing Points, 4-Door Sedan”, page 79
nf
ercia

rm
m
ing Points, Wagon”, page 81

atio
om
n in
c
1.1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting Points, 2-Door
or
thi
te
Sedan
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
76 Rep. Gr.69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts

1 - Front Seat Belt Latches

⇒ “1.5.1 Overview -
Front Seat Belt Latch, 2-
Door Sedan”,
page 95 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt
Latch, Removing and
2 - Front Belt End Fitting
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Front
Three-Point Seat Belt”,
page 83 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End
Fitting, Removing wagand
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
s
Installing”,ypage
Volk 116 . not
gu
b ara
ed nte
3 - Front Three-Point
tho
ris Seat Belt e or
u
❑ Withss
a
Front Passenger ac
Seat Belt Tensioner Ig‐
ce
e
nl
pt
niter 1 - N154- and Right

du
an
itte
Front Seat Belt Tension‐

y li
erm
ab
er Control Module -
ility
ot p
J855-
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 83 .
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.7 Front Three-Point

Seat Belt, Removing
l purpos
and Installing”,
page 98 .
nf
ercia
4 - Seat Belt Height Adjuster

rm
m
atio
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 83 .

om
n in
c

or
thi
e
⇒ “1.13 Seat Belt Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing”, page 118 .
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
5 - Outer Rear Belt End Fitting

o
m
f
en
ng
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 88 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.12 Rear Outer Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page 117 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
6 - Center Rear Belt End Fitting Prote AG.
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Overview - Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 94 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.15 Rear Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
7 - Automatic Belt Retractor
❑ For outer rear three-point seat belt
⇒ “1.8 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing”, page 106 .
❑ For the rear three-point seat belt in the center
1. Seat Belts 77
⇒ “1.8.7 Rear Three Point Seat Belt in Center, Removing and Installing”, page 113 .
n AG. Volkswagen A
9 - Automatic Belt Retractor olks
wage
G do
es n
ot g
y V
❑ For outer rear three-point seat belt ed b ua
ran
ris te
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overviewau-th Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 88 e.or a
o
s c
❑ Removing and installing. Refer tos
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss
❑ For the front three-point seat belt
o
cial p
f in
❑ With Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Igniter 1 - N153- and Left Front Seat Belt Tensioner Control Module -
form
mer
J854-
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a
⇒ “1.7 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing”, page 98 .

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 83 . . Cop py
rig
ht
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page 116 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
14 - Rear Seat Belt Latch cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch”, page 97 .

1.1.2 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting Points, 4-Door
Sedan
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
1 - Front Seat Belt Latches Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
❑ Overview. Refer to rise
d
nte
⇒ “1.5.2 Overview - utho eo
ra
Front Seat Belt Latch, 4- ss a c
Door Sedan and Wag‐
ce
e
nl
pt
on”, page 96 .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Latch, Removing and
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
page 83 .
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
or
Fitting, Removing and
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
3 - Front Three-Point Seat Belt
thi
te
sd
a
❑ With Front Passenger

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
niter 1 - N154- and Right yi

t.
Co
Front Seat Belt Tension‐ t. Cop py
er Control Module -
rig
gh ht
yri by
J855- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Overview. Refer to Prote AG.
page 83 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Front Three-Point
Seat Belt, Removing
and Installing”,
page 98 .
6 - Center Rear Belt End Fitting
1. Seat Belts 79
8 - Automatic Belt Retractor n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage
❑ For the rear three-point seat belt inVthe olks center
es n
ot g
by ua
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Overview
rise d
- Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt”,
ran page 94 .
tee
ho
❑ Removing and installing. sRefer
au
t
to or
ac
⇒ “1.8.7 Rear Three Point
s Seat Belt in Center, Removing and Installing”, page 113 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
J854-
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt”, page 83 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page 116 .
14 - Rear Seat Belt Latch

1.1.3 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting Points, Wagon
1 - Front Seat Belt Latches

Front Seat Belt Latch, 4-
Door Sedan and Wag‐
on”, page 96 .
olksw not
⇒ “1.14d Front
by
V Seat Belt gu
ara
Latch,oris Removing and
e nte
eo
Installing”,
au
th page 120 . ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
page 83 .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
ling. Refer to
t to the co
Fitting, Removing and
rrectne
3 - Front Three-Point Seat Belt
❑ With Front Passenger s
s o
niter 1 - N154- and Right

cial p
f in
Front Seat Belt Tension‐

form
mer
er Control Module -
atio
J855-
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
page 83 .
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
ling. Refer to
. C rig
ht ht
rig
⇒ “1.7 Front Three-Point py by
co Vo
Seat Belt, Removing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
and Installing”,
AG.
page 98 .
1. Seat Belts 81

❑ For the rear three-point seat belt in the center
J854-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview -oFront agen
ksw Three-Point Seat Belt”,
oes page 83 .
l not
yV gu
❑ Removing and installing. Refer sto
e ⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing
d b ara
n and Installing”, page 116 .
ri tee
ho
14 - Rear Seat Belt Latch au
t or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, without Belt End
Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 83
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, without Belt End
Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 85
⇒ “1.2.3 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, with Belt End
Fitting Tensioner”, page 86
1.2.1 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, without Belt End Fitting Tensioner,
2-Door Sedan

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Seat Belt Height
Adjuster, Removing and
❑ Always replace if the
belt tensioner has de‐
ployed when the seat
belt was buckled.
2 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Replace the bolt if it was
removed because of an
accident when n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswagethe seat es n
belt was
by buckled.
Vo ot g
ua
d ran
ise
3 - Seat
ut
ho Belt Guide
r tee
or
a ac
❑ss Must swing into vertical
position or carrier direc‐
ce
le
un
pt
tion by itself after tight‐

an
d
itte
y li
ening the screw.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
4 - Screw
wit
is n
❑ 40 Nm
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
accident when the seat

belt was buckled.
rrectne
5 - Front Seat Belt Guide

s
ling. Refer to
s o
⇒ “1.9.1 Front Seat Belt

cial p
f in
Guide, Removing and

form
mer
Installing, 2-Door Se‐

atio
dan”, page 114 .

om
n
c
❑ When installing, pay at‐

i
or
n thi
e
tention to the correct installation position

t
sd
iva
o
pr
6 - Screws
um
r
fo
en
ng
❑ 4.5 Nm
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Quantity: 2
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
7 - Screw
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
❑ 4.5 Nm
AG.

❑ Driver side: with Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Igniter 1 - N153- and Left Front Seat Belt Tensioner Control
Module - J854-
1. Seat Belts 83
❑ Front passenger side: with Front Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Igniter 1 - N154- and Right Front Seat
Belt Tensioner Control Module - J855-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
⇒ “1.7.1 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and VoInstalling,
lksw without Belt End Fitting
oes
not
gu
Tensioner, 2-Door
Sedan”, page 98 . ed
by ara
n is tee
or
9 - Screw au
th or
ac
ss
❑ 40 Nm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Replace the bolt if it was removed because of an accident when the seat belt was buckled.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
10 - Belt End Fitting
ility
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.11.1 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, without Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door
h re
hole
Sedan”, page 116 .
spec
es, in part or in w
11 - Screw
t to the co
❑ 20 Nm
rrectness of i
12 - Retaining Loop
l purpos
13 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
nform
ercia
m
at
om
i
❑ Position by hand when installing
on
c
in t
or
14 - Washer
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, without Belt End Fitting Tensioner,
4-Door Sedan and Wagon
1 - Seat Belt Height Adjuster AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
❑ Removing and instal‐ byV
ol not
gu
ara
ling. Refer to rised
nte
⇒ “1.13 Seat Belt Height ut
ho eo
ra
Adjuster, Removing and ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Always replace if the itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
belt was buckled.
wit
, is n
h re
2 - Screw
hole
spec
❑ 20 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
belt was buckled.
l purpos
3 - Seat Belt Guide

❑ Must swing into vertical
nform
ercia

m
at
ening the screw.
om
ion
c
in t
or
4 - Screw
his
ate
do
riv
❑ 40 Nm
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
belt was buckled.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Front Seat Belt
Guide, Removing and
Installing, 4-Door Sedan
and Wagon”,
page 114 .
❑ When installing, pay attention to the correct installation position
6 - Screws
❑ 4.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
⇒ “1.11.2 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, without Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door
Sedan and Wagon”, page 116 .
9 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
Module - J854-
1. Seat Belts 85
⇒ “1.7.2 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing, without Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door
11 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
1.2.3 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, with Belt End Fitting Tensioner

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Seat Belt Height
belt was buckled.
2 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm
belt was buckled.
3 - Seat Belt Guide
❑ Must swing into vertical
ening the screw. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
4 - Screw d by ara
rise nte
❑ 40 Nm utho eo
ra
a c
❑ Replace the bolt if it was ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
belt was buckled.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
ling. Refer to
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Guide, Removing and

❑ When installing, pay at‐
rrectness of i
tention to the correct in‐

stallation position
l purpos
6 - Screws
nform
ercia
❑ 4.5 Nm
m
❑ Quantity: 2
at
om
ion
c
7 - Screw
in t
or
his
e
❑ 4.5 Nm
at
do
priv
cum

for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
Module - J854- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
86
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts
⇒ “1.7.3 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing, with Belt End Fitting Tensioner”,
page 103 .
9 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
⇒ “1.11.3 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with Belt End Fitting Tensioner”, page 117 .
11 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ Replace the bolt if it was removed
by
Vobecause of an accident when
lk ot the
gu seat belt was buckled.
a d ran
se
12 - Screw tho
ri tee
or
au ac
❑ 40 Nm ss
ce
le
❑ Quantity: 2
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
13 - Belt End Fitting Tensioner
ot p
wit
is n
❑ Removing
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the belt end fitting tensioner release cable from the belt end fitting. Refer to
⇒ “1.11.3 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with Belt End Fitting Tensioner”, page 117 .
t to the co
rrectne
– Release and disconnect the connector for the belt end fitting tensioner.
– Pull the belt end fitting tensioner forward from the sill and remove it.
ss o
cial p
f
❑ Installing
inform
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 87
1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat

Belt
⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 2-Door Sedan, without
Belt Tensioner”, page 88
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 2-Door Sedan, with
⇒ “1.3.3 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 4-Door Sedan, without
⇒ “1.3.5 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon without Belt
Tensioner”, page 92
⇒ “1.3.6 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon with Belt Ten‐
sioner”, page 93
1.3.1 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt,

gen AG
. Volksw2-Door
agen AG Sedan, without Belt Tensioner
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Automatic Belt Retractor ho
ris nte
eo
t
❑ Removing and instal‐ ss au ra
c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
⇒ “1.8.1 Rear Three-
pt
du
an
itte
Point Seat Belt, Remov‐
y li
erm
ab
ing and Installing, 2-
ility
ot p
Door Sedan, without
wit
Belt Tensioner”,
, is n
h re
page 106 .
hole
spec
2 - Screw
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 40 Nm
rrectness of i

l purpos
belt was buckled.

3 - Screw
nform
ercia
❑ 40 Nm
m
at

om
io
n
c
in t
or

his
ate
belt was buckled.

do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and instal‐ Cop py
ling. Refer to ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ “1.12 Rear Outer Belt
py by
co Vo
by lksw
End Fitting, Removing Prote
cted AG.
agen
and Installing”,
page 117 .

1.3.2 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 2-Door Sedan, with Belt Tensioner
lkswage es n
o ot g
1 - Automatic Belt Retractor byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
❑ Removing and instal‐ utho
or
ling. Refer to ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Door Sedan, with Belt
ility
ot p
Tensioner”, page 107 .
wit
, is n
h re
2 - Wiring Harness
hole
spec
3 - Screw
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 40 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos
belt was buckled.

4 - Screw
nf
ercia
❑ 40 Nm
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
belt was buckled.
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ling. Refer to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.12 Rear Outer Belt p by
co Vo
lksw
End Fitting, Removing
by
cted agen
Prote
and Installing”,
AG.
page 117 .
1. Seat Belts 89
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variantau2015
t ➤ ra
c
s
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
1.3.3 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 4-Door Sedan, without Belt Tensioner
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
ling. Refer to
t to the co
rrectne
Door Sedan, without
Belt Tensioner”,
page 108 .
ss o
cial p
f
2 - Screw
inform
❑ 40 Nm
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
belt was buckled.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
3 - Screw
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ 40 Nm C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Replace the bolt if it was yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
belt was buckled.

ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 117 .

1.3.4 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 4-Door Sedan, with Belt Tensioner

ling. Refer to
Door Sedan, with Belt
Tensioner”, page 109 .
2 - Wiring Harness
3 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
4 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 117 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 91
1.3.5 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon without Belt Tensioner
1 - Seat Belt Guide

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Rear Seat Belt
Guide, Removing and
ling. Refer to
ing and Installing, Wag‐
on without Belt Tension‐
er”, page 110 .
3 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
4 - Screws
❑ 8 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Quantity: 2 agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
5 - Bolt for Outer Rear BeltrisedEnd nte
Fitting ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ 40 Nm ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
belt was buckled.

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co

End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page 117 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3.6 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon with Belt Tensioner
1 - Seat Belt Guide

ling. Refer to
Guide, Removing and
ling. Refer to
on with Belt Tensioner”,
page 111 .
3 - Wiring Harness
4 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
5 - Screws
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
6 - Bolt for Outer Rear Belt End Vol
ksw not
gu
Fitting ed
by ara
nte
ris
❑ 40 Nm tho eo
au ra
c
❑ Replace the bolt if it wasss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
belt was buckled.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
ling. Refer to
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 93
1.4 Overview - Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt
1 - Seat Belt Latch

❑ With Passenger Side
Rear Seat Belt Switch -
E259-
ling. Refer to
Latch, Removing and
ployed with the seat belt
was buckled.
❑ Must lie on stop when
tightening the nut.
2 - Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 40 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.8.7 Rear Three agen oes
olksw not
Point Seat Belt in Cen‐ d by V gu
ara
ter, Removing and In‐ rise nte
ho eo
stalling”, page 113 . aut ra
c
ss
5 - Rear Center Seat Belt ce
e
nl
pt
du
Guide an
itte
y li
❑ Replace the entire seat
erm
ab
belt guide if damaged.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ To remove, press the two side tabs inward and remove the seat belt guide
h re
hole
❑ When installing, press on until it engages audibly.

spec
es, in part or in w
6 - Right 2/3 Rear Seat Backrest

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch

⇒ “1.5.1 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch, 2-Door Sedan”,
page 95
⇒ “1.5.2 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch, 4-Door Sedan and
Wagon”, page 96
1.5.1 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch, 2-Door Sedan
1 - Front Seat Belt Latch

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt AG. Volkswagen AG d
Latch, Removing and lksw
agen oes
not
Installing”, page 120 . d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
2 - Front Seat ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ Driver side: with Driver ss c
ce
e
Seat Belt Switch - E24-

nl
pt
du
an
❑ Front passenger side:
itte
y li
erm
with Front Passenger
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Re‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 335 .
❑ Always replaced if the
rrectness of i
l purpos
belt was buckled.

3 - Screw
nform
ercia
❑ 40 Nm
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
belt was buckled.

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 95
1.5.2 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon
1 - Front Seat Belt Latch

ling. Refer to
Latch, Removing and
2 - Front Seat
❑ Driver side: with Driver
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Re‐
page 335 .
belt was buckled.
3 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
belt was buckled.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
96
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch
1 - Left Dual Seat Belt Latch

❑ With Driver Side Rear
ling. Refer to
Latch, Removing and
belt was buckled.
❑ When tightening push
the belt latch assembly
against the stop.
❑ Must make contact with
the stop.
2 - Center Seat Belt Latch
❑ With Center Rear Seat
Belt Switch - E609- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ Removing and instal‐ Volksw
oes
not
gu
ling. Refer to d by ara
se nte
⇒ “1.15 Rear Seat Belt thori
eo
Latch, Removing ands au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
❑ Always replaced if the pt

du
an
itte
belt tensioner has de‐ y li

erm
ab
ployed when the seat ility
ot p
belt was buckled.

wit
, is n
❑ When tightening push

h re
hole
the belt latch assembly

spec
against the stop.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Must make contact with

the stop.
rrectness of i
3 - Right Seat Belt Latch with

Rear Center Belt End Fitting
l purpos
❑ With Passenger Side Rear Seat Belt Switch - E259-

nf
ercia
❑ Always replaced if the belt tensioner has deployed when the seat belt was buckled.
rm
m
atio
m
❑ Must lie on stop when tightening the nut.

o
n in
or c
4 - Nut
thi
te
sd
iva
❑ 40 Nm
o
r
rp
cu
o
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
5 - Connector C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ For Passenger Side Rear Seat Belt Switch - E259- p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
6 - Nut Prote AG.
❑ 40 Nm
7 - Connector
❑ For Driver Side Rear Seat Belt Switch - E258- and Center Rear Seat Belt Switch - E609- .
1. Seat Belts 97
1.7 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “1.7.1 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing,
without Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 98
⇒ “1.7.2 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing,
without Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”,
page 101
⇒ “1.7.3 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing, AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
with Belt End Fitting Tensioner”, page 103 byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
1.7.1 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing or eo
h
aut ra
and Installing, without Belt End Fitting ss c
ce
le
un
Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
WARNING
ole,
spec
♦ Observe the safety precautions for pyrotechnical compo‐
t to the co
nents. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components”,
page 3 .
rrectne
♦ Observe the disposal regulations for pyrotechnical com‐
ponents. Refer to
ss
⇒ “1.3 Airbag, Belt Tensioner and Battery Cut-Out Units,
o
cial p
f
Storing, Transporting and Disposing (Pyrotechnic Com‐
inform
ponents)”, page 5 .
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
– Disconnect the battery ground cable with the ignition turned
thi
te
sd
a
on. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery;

iv
o
pr
Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting .
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove the B-pillar upper trim panel. Refer to
yi Co
op
⇒ “5.13.1 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, 2-Door
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Remove the front belt end fitting. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.11.1 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with‐
out Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 116 .
– Remove the front seat belt guide. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.1 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing, 2-
Door Sedan”, page 114 .


– Remove the seat belt guide -2- and seat belt webbing.
WARNING
Before handling pyrotechnic components (for example, dis‐

connecting the connector), the person handling it must “dis‐
charge static electricity”. This can be done by touching the door
striker pin, for example.
Vehicles without Reversible Belt Tensioner

– Release the connector lock with a small screwdriver in direc‐
tion of -arrow-, and remove the connector for the belt tensioner
igniter 1 -item 1-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– If equipped, release and remove the kssecond
wag connector fromdoes not
Vol
the front automatic belt retractor
ed
by-2- in the same way. gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
– Remove the bolt -3- andss athe automatic belt retractor -2- from c
the mount.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 99
Vehicles with Reversible Belt Tensioner

– Release and disconnect the connectors -2 and 5-.
– Remove the bolts -1 and 4- and then remove the automatic
belt retractor -3- from the mount.
Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
page 3 . sed by ara
n i tee
or
♦ Before handling pyrotechnic components au
th (for example, or
ac
connecting the connector), the personss
handling it must
ce
e
“discharge static electricity”. This can be done by touching

nl
pt
du
the door striker pin, for example.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
following:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Make sure the connectors are pushed in all the way and that they
engage audibly.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
– Insert the automatic belt retractor with the anti-twist mecha‐
om
nism -1- in the mount -2- -arrow- and tighten the bolt.
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
WARNING
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
The ignition must be on when connecting the battery. If pyro‐
Co
op py
technic components (for example, airbag, belt tensioner) are
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
not repaired correctly, they may deploy unintentionally after p by
o Vo
by c
connecting battery. There must not be anyone inside the ve‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
hicle when connecting the battery.
AG.
– Connect the battery ground cable with the ignition turned on.
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Bat‐
tery, Disconnecting and Connecting .
WARNING
If the ignition is not switched on after the battery is reconnected

- “indicator lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up” - the
ignition (key/button) may only be switched on when the driver
seat is positioned all the way back.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt, without Belt
End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 83

1.7.2 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing

and Installing, without Belt End Fitting
Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
ponents. Refer to

– Remove the upper and lower B-pillar trim panel. Refer to
⇒ “1.11.2 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with‐
out Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 116 . lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Remove the front seat belt guide.
ris
ed
b
Refer to ran
tee
⇒ “1.9.2 Front Seat Belt Guide,
utho Removing and Installing, 4- or
Door Sedan and Wagon”,ss page 114 .
a ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
WARNING
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectne

ss o
cial p
– Release the connector lock with a small screwdriver in direc‐

inform
mer
igniter 1 -item 1-.

atio
om
– If equipped, release and remove the second connector from

c
i
or
the front automatic belt retractor -2- in the same way.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 101

– Remove the bolt -3- and the automatic belt retractor -2- from
the mount.
Vehicles with Reversible Belt Tensioner AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Release and disconnect the connectors -2 and 5-. d by Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the bolts -1 and 4- and then remove the automatic
belt retractor -3- from the mount.
t to the co
Installing
rrectne
WARNING
ss
o
cial p
f
nents. Refer to
inform
mer
page 3 .
atio
om
n
c
♦ Before handling pyrotechnic components (for example,
i
or
n thi
e
connecting the connector), the person handling it must

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
following: by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
engage audibly.


WARNING

not repaired correctly, they may deploy unintentionally after
WARNING

♦ Refer to
End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 85
1.7.3 Front Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing

and Installing, with Belt End Fitting Ten‐
sioner agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Removing Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
utho or
WARNING
ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
nents. Refer to
erm
ab

ility
ot p
page 3 .
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
ponents. Refer to
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
or
Only 2-Door Vehicles

m
m
atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Only 4-Door Vehicles and Wagons

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the upper and lower B-pillar trim panel. Refer to Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, 4-Door yri
gh by
ht
Sedan and Wagon”, page 258 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 103

– Sill panel strip, removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “5.10.1 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 2-Door
Continuation for All Vehicles
⇒ “1.11.3 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with
Belt End Fitting Tensioner”, page 117 .
– Remove the front seat belt guide. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing”, page
114 .
WARNING


– Release the connector lock with a small screwdriver in direc‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG
olks
wage does
not
igniter 1 -item 1-. db
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
– If equipped, release and remove the second connector
au
tho from eo
ra
the front automatic belt retractor -2- in the same
ss way. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the bolt -3- and the automatic belt retractor -2- from
itte
y li
the mount.
rm
ab
pe
ility
Vehicles with Reversible Belt Tensioner
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Release and disconnect the connectors -2 and 5-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
not Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
Vo gu
d by ara
– Remove the bolts -1 se
riand 4- and then remove the automatic ntee
ho
belt retractor -3- afrom
ut the mount. or
ac
ss
Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
WARNING
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
nents. Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
page 3 .
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

following:
m
a
com
tio
n in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Make sure the connectors are pushed in all the way and that they yri
gh by
ht
engage audibly.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

WARNING

♦ Refer to
1. Seat Belts 105

1.8 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “1.8.1 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing, 2-
Door Sedan, without Belt Tensioner”, page 106
Door Sedan, with Belt Tensioner”, page 107
Door Sedan, without Belt Tensioner”, page 108
Door Sedan, with Belt Tensioner”, page 109
⇒ “1.8.5 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing,
Wagon without Belt Tensioner”, page 110
⇒ “1.8.6 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing and Installing,
Wagon with Belt Tensioner”, page 111
⇒ “1.8.7 Rear Three Point Seat Belt in Center, Removing and
1.8.1 Rear Three-Point Seat Belt, Removing

and Installing, 2-Door Sedan, without
Belt Tensioner
Removing lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Remove the rear ir seshelf compartment. Refer to
d ran
te
⇒ “6.9 Rear aShelf
utho
Compartment, Removing and Installing”, e or a
page 285 .ss c
ce
e
nl
– Remove the outer rear belt end fitting. Refer to

pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “1.12 Rear Outer Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”,

y li
erm
ab
page 117 .
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Remove the automatic belt retractor -2- from the mount.

spec
es, in part or in w
Installing
t to the co

following:
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
♦ Refer to
rm
m
atio
⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 2-Door Sedan,

om
without Belt Tensioner”, page 88

n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


and Installing, 2-Door Sedan, with Belt
Tensioner
Removing wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
hoWARNING
ris tee
ut or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
nents. Refer to
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
page 3 .
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
ponents. Refer to
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the rear shelf compartment. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “6.9 Rear Shelf Compartment, Removing and Installing”,

page 285 .
m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi

s
iva
page 117 .
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
WARNING
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Electrostatic discharges can lead to unintended deployment of
cop Vo
by lksw
the airbag. Therefore the technician must discharge static elec‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
tricity from the body before separating the ignition and ground
wiring. This is done, for example, by briefly touching the body
or door striker.
– Disconnect the wiring harness and unclip the connector -1-.

1. Seat Belts 107


Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnicksw Components”,
oes
ol not
V gu
page 3 . sed by ara
ni tee
or
♦ Before handling pyrotechnic au components (for example,
th or
ac
connecting the connector), s the person handling it must
s
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
following:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
engage audibly.
nform
mercia
a
com
t
WARNING
ion in
r
te o
thi
The ignition must be on when connecting the battery. If pyro‐ s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
hicle when connecting the battery. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

♦ Refer to

and Installing, 4-Door Sedan, without
Belt Tensioner
Removing
page 285 .


page 117 .
Installing
following:
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks o
♦ Refer to ed
by
V t gu
ara
⇒ “1.3.3
oris Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, 4-Door
nte Sedan,
eo
th
without Belt Tensioner”, page 90
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
and Installing, 4-Door Sedan, with Belt
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Tensioner
wit
, is n
Removing h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
nents. Refer to
l purpos
page 3 .
nform
ercia
ponents. Refer to
m
at

om
io

n
c
in t
r
o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
page 285 .
page 117 .
WARNING

or door striker.

1. Seat Belts 109

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 olkswag does
no
V t gu
by ara
ed nte
– Remove the automatic belt retractor
ho
ris
-3- from the mount. eo
aut ra
Installing ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
WARNING
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
nents. Refer to
h re
ole,
spec
page 3 .
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f
inform
following:
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Note
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Make sure the connectors are pushed in all the way and that they C py
t. rig
engage audibly.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

WARNING

♦ Refer to

and Installing, Wagon without Belt Ten‐
sioner
Removing
– Remove the bench seat. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Bench Seat/Single Seat, Removing and Installing”,
page 382 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
– Remove the rear seat backrest. Refer to ed
byV ua
ran
⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing hor and Installing”,
is tee
page 384 . aut or
ac
ss
– Remove the D-pillar trim panel. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “5.15 D-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
an
itte
y li
page 264 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
wit
stalling. Refer to
, is n
h re
⇒ “6.12.2 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 117 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Pull the seat belt -3- under the seat belt guide -4- forward.
nf
ercia
orm
Installing
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
following:
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

and Installing, Wagon with Belt Tension‐
er
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to ⇒ “1 Safety Precautions”, page 1 .
ponents.

– Remove the bench seat. Refer to
page 117 .
– Remove the rear seat backrest. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and Installing”,
page 384 .
page 264 .
stalling. Refer to
1. Seat Belts 111


page 117 .
WARNING

or door striker.

– Pull the seat belt -4- under the seat belt guide -5- forward.
– Remove the bolt -2-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to ⇒ “1 Safety Precautions”, page 1 .

following:
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
– If parts of the seat
Vol
ksbelt
wa system are removed due
oes
not to an accident,
replace theedbelt
by system bolts. gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
engage audibly. ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
WARNING
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
ercia
m
at

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
WARNING
at
do
priv
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
seat is positioned all the way back. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.6 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon with Belt
1.8.7 Rear Three Point Seat Belt in Center,

Removing
– Remove the backrest cover and backrest cushion from the
rear seat backrest. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing and
– Remove the nut -1-.
1. Seat Belts 113

– Disengage the three-point seat belt -2- and remove it.

– Guide out the seat belt -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Installing Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
– If parts of the seat belt system are removed due oto ris an accident,
e nte
eo
replace the belt system bolts. aut
h
ra
ss c
– Insert the three-point seat belt with the anti-twist mechanism
ce
le
un
pt
in the mount and tighten the nut.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Tightening Specifications ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
page 94
t to the co
1.9 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
⇒ “1.9.1 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing, 2-Door

Sedan”, page 114
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.9.2 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and Installing, 4-Door

m
a
Sedan and Wagon”, page 114
com
tion in
r
1.9.1 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Removing
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Remove the side trim panel. Refer to
rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “5.16 Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, op Vo
by c lksw
page 265 . cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the two bolts -2- and then the seat belt guide -1-.
Installing
Note
When installing, note the correct installation position of the seat

belt guide.
♦ Refer to
1.9.2 Front Seat Belt Guide, Removing and

Installing, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon
Removing

Note
For vehicles that have the seat belt guides inserted into the body,
the two bolts -2- do not apply.
Installing
Note
When installing, note the correct installation position of the seat

belt guide.
♦ Refer to
1.10 Rear Seat Belt Guide, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
stalling. Refer to
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Note orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
s c
When installing, note the correct installation position of the seat s
ce
le
belt guide.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Refer to
is n
h re

ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.6 Overview - Three-Point Seat Belt, Wagon with Belt
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
115
agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts
1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “1.11.1 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, without
Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 116
⇒ “1.11.2 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, without
Belt End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”,
page 116
⇒ “1.11.3 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing, with Belt
End Fitting Tensioner”, page 117
1.11.1 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and In‐

stalling, without Belt End Fitting Ten‐
sioner, 2-Door Sedan
Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the sill panel. Refer to d by V gu
ara
⇒ “5.10.1 Sill Panel Strip, Removing handrise Installing, 2-Door nte
o eo
Sedan”, page 249 . aut ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove the bolt -2- and remove with the washer -1-.
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the seat belt loop from the belt end fitting -4-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Guide the belt end fitting -4- through the seat belt loop.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Attach the belt end fitting with the washer -1- and the bolt -2-.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Install the belt end fitting with the bolt -3-.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
WARNING t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Follow the bolt sequence exactly.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
End Fitting Tensioner, 2-Door Sedan”, page 83
1.11.2 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and In‐

stalling, without Belt End Fitting Ten‐
sioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon
Removing
• Front seat positioned all the forward and raised all the way up.

– Fold the service door in the sill panel strip near the belt end
fitting toward the inside.
– Remove the bolt -1- and detach the belt end fitting -2- from the
body.
Installing
♦ Refer to
End Fitting Tensioner, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 85
AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
s au ac
1.11.3
s
Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and In‐
ce
le
un
pt
stalling, with Belt End Fitting Tensioner
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Removing
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove the sill panel. Refer to
, is n
h re
⇒ “5.10 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 249 .
hole
spec
– Open the cover for the coupling point -1- in direction of
es, in part or in w
t to the co
-arrow-.
– Guide the release cable -2- out of the coupling point -1-. rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Remove the bolt -2- and detach the belt end fitting -1- from the
en
ng
t.
body. Cop
yi Co
py
ht. rig
Installing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Refer to
1.12 Rear Outer Belt End Fitting, Removing

and Installing
Removing
Only 2-Door Vehicles
⇒ “5.16 Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 265 .
1. Seat Belts 117

wage es n
Only 4-Door Vehicles and Wagons without yRear
Vol Side Airbags
ks ot g
ua
d b ran
e
– Remove the wheel housing trim panel.
horis Refer to tee
⇒ “5.17 Wheel Housing Trim Panel,
s au Removing and Installing”,
t or
ac
page 267 . s
ce
le
un
pt
Only 4-Door Vehicles and Wagons with Rear Side Airbags
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Remove the side cushion. Refer to pe
ility
⇒ “3.16 Side Cushion, Removing and Installing”, page 391 .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the bolt -1- on the belt end fitting -2-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Installing
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
• The anti-twist mechanism -arrow- on the floor panel must rest Cop py
t. rig
in the belt end fitting opening -2-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
– Tighten the belt end fitting -2- with the bolt -1-.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt”,
page 88
1.13 Seat Belt Height Adjuster, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Press the seat belt height adjustment button and move the
slider for seat belt height adjustment into the lowest position.
– Detach the B-pillar upper trim panel. Refer to
– Set aside the B-pillar trim with the seat belt webbing still threa‐
ded through it.
– Remove the seat belt guide -1- with the seat belt webbing.

– Remove the seat belt height adjuster -2- upward from the B-
pillar.
Installing
following:
Note
♦ Replacement seat belt height adjusters are delivered with the

slider in the lowest position (installation position).
♦ If removed seat belt height adjusters are reinstalled, these
should be placed in the lowest position (installation position).
– Engage the seat belt height adjuster -2- into the B-pillar.
– Tighten the bolt -3-.
– Install the seat belt height adjuster -1- and tighten the bolt
-4-.
Note
The seat belt height adjuster button must not be pressed when
assembling the B-pillar trim panel.
– First, insert the B-pillar trim panel -3- upward into the mount
on the roof.
• The mount -2- for the sliding piece of the B-pillar trim must
engage in the retaining pin -1- on the seat belt height adjuster
AG. Volkswagen AG d
in direction of -arrow-.
lkswagen oes
n
Vo ot g
by u
– Seat beltriheight
se
d adjuster replacement part: afterainstalling
ran
tee
the
B-pillarut trim, push the slider all the way up.
ho
or
sa ac
• Thiss unlocks the seat belt height adjuster assembly anchor‐
ce
le
age.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– When performing the function test, the following conditions

erm
ab
must be fulfilled:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
• The seat belt height adjuster must audibly engage in each of

h re
ole,
the three possible positions (and also in the highest position).

spec
• Belt height adjuster button must return to upper position by

t to the co
itself after being pressed.

• The belt relay must swing into vertical position or carrier di‐
rrectne
rection by itself after tightening the screw.

If any of the listed conditions are not fulfilled, the belt height ad‐
s
juster assembly must be checked; if necessary, replace the belt

s o
cial p
height adjuster.
inform
mer
atio
m
♦ Refer to
o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 119

1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the front seat. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing”, page 335 .
– Disconnect the seat belt latch connector from the connector
station underneath the seat frame.
– Loosen the wire from the seat frame.
– Remove the bolt -3- and then remove the seat belt latch -1-
from the seat -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
following:

– Position the seat belt latch -2- so that the cut-out -arrow B-
lines up with the hole -arrow A- on the seat pan -1-.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch”, page 95
1.15 Rear Seat Belt Latch, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Remove the rear bench seat. Refer to
page 382 .
Right: Seat Belt Latch with Belt End Fitting
Note
The seat belt latch with belt end fitting is a component of the rearn AG. Volkswagen AG do
center seat belt. olkswage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
– If equipped, disconnect the connector -2- for theho seat belt eo
ut
switch. ss
a ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the seat belt latch -3- with the belt end fitting.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Left: Dual Seat Belt Latch
wit
, is n
h re
– If equipped, disconnect the connector -3- for the seat belt
hole
switch.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the dual seat belt latch -1-.

l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch”, page 97

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Seat Belts 121

2 Child Seat Anchors

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Child Seat Anchors”, page 122
⇒ “2.2 LATCH Child Seat Anchor Guide, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 123
⇒ “2.3 Top Tether, Removing and Installing”, page 123
2.1 Overview - Rear Child Seat Anchors

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Outer Seat Child Seat Anchor. Refer to ⇒ page 122 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Center Seat Top Tether. Refer to rised
nte
⇒ Fig. ““Center Seat Top Tether”“ , page 123 autho eo
ra
ss c
Outer Seat Child Seat Anchor
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
1 - LATCH Child Seat Anchor
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Quantity: 4
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Welded to the under‐
hole
body
spec
es, in part or in w
2 - Guide
t to the co
❑ For the LATCH child
seat anchor
rrectness of i
❑ Quantity: 4
l purpos

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 LATCH Child
nform
ercia
Seat Anchor Guide, Re‐

m
at
om
i
page 123 .
on
c
in t
or
❑ Must be secure on the
his
ate
anchor
do
priv
cum
or
3 - Cover
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ For the LATCH child Cop py
seat anchor ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Quantity: 4
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
ling. Refer to
page 123 .
❑ Must be secure on the
anchor
4 - Child Seat Anchor Top
Tether
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Welded to the backrest
frame.
5 - Cover
❑ For Top Tether child seat anchor
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.3 Top Tether, Removing and Installing”, page 123 .
❑ Insert in the anchor and press on it until it engages audibly
❑ Can only be pushed in one position in the rear seat backrest
6 - Rear Seat Backrest

Center Seat Top Tether

1- Top Tether
2- Bolt, 8 Nm
3- Cap
2.2 LATCH Child Seat Anchor Guide, Re‐

Removing
– Unclip and remove the cover -1- from the LATCH child seat
anchor -arrow-.
– Push the guide -1-, corresponding to cut-out, downward and
disengage it from the LATCH child seat anchor -2-.
– Remove the guide forward -arrow-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
2.3 Top Tether, Removing and Installing

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

♦ Wedge Set - T10383-
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Child Seat Anchors 123

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ lksw
agen oes
not
o
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Removing aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Top Tether Cover for the Outer Seats
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Fold the rear seat backrest forward.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Release the retaining tabs using the Wedge Set - Wedge 1 -
ot p
wit
T10383/1- in direction of -arrows-.
, is n
h re
hole
– Pry the Top Tether child seat anchor cover -2- off upward from
spec
the rear seat backrest.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Carefully pull off the cover for the Top Tether child seat anchor
from the anchor -1- and remove it.
rrectness of i
Top Tether for Center Seats
– Fold the 2/3 rear seat backrest toward the front. l purpos
– Unclip the cap -3- from the top tether -1-.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
– Remove the top tether -1- from the rear seat backrest.
in t
or
his
ate
Installing
do
priv
cum
or
Installation is performed in the reverse of removal, but note the

f
en
ng
t.
yi
following:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Top Tether for Center Seats
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Make sure the guide tab on the top tether is seated correctly
cted agen
Prote AG.
in the rear seat backrest opening.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Child Seat Anchors”, page 122

3 Airbag System
⇒ “3.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag System”,
page 125
3.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag System

Volkswa
AG. gen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
1 - Airbag Control Module
rise
db - ara
nte
J234- tho eo
au ra
❑ Overview. s Refer to
s c
ce
le
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Airbag

un
pt
Control Module”,
an
d
itte
y li
page 127 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Airbag Indicator Lamp -
wit
is n
K75-
h re
ole,
❑ Integrated in the instru‐
spec
ment cluster.
t to the co
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately
❑ Instrument Cluster, re‐
rrectne
moving and installing.
Refer to ⇒ Electrical
ss
Equipment; Rep. Gr.
o
cial p
f
90 ; Instrument Cluster;
inform
Overview - Instrument
mer
Cluster .
atio
om
3 - Front Passenger Airbag - n

c
i
or
n
Disabled- Indicator Lamp -
thi
te
sd
a
K145-
iv
o
pr
cum
r
❑ Cannot be replaced
fo
en
ng
separately
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐ p by
o Vo
by c
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
lksw
cted agen
Prote
96 ; Controls; Emergen‐
AG.
cy Flasher Switch EX3,

ling .
4 - Front Passenger Airbag De‐
activation Key Switch - E224-
❑ Not for North American
market.
5 - Front Passenger Airbag
❑ Depending on the market, single-stage airbag with Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 1 - N131- or dual-
stage airbag with Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 1 - N131- and Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 2 - N132- .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “6.1 Overview - Front Passenger Airbag”, page 138 .
6 - Front Passenger Front Side Airbag
❑ With Front Passenger Thorax Airbag Igniter - N200-
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “7.1 Overview - Front Side Airbag”, page 143 .
7 - Front Passenger Head Curtain Airbag
❑ With Front Passenger Head Curtain Airbag Igniter - N252-
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag”, page 147 .
8 - Rear Side Airbag on Front Passenger Side
❑ With Passenger Side Rear Thorax Airbag Igniter - N202-
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Overview - Rear Side Airbag”, page 144 .
3. Airbag System 125

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
9 - Driver Head Curtain Airbag hor eo
aut ra
❑ With Driver Head Curtain Airbag Igniter - N251- ss c
ce
e
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag”, page 147 .
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
10 - Rear Side Airbag on Driver Side
erm
ab
ility
❑ With Driver Side Rear Thorax Airbag Igniter - N201-
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Overview - Rear Side Airbag”, page 144 .
h re
hole
spec
11 - Front Side Airbag on Driver Side
es, in part or in w
❑ With Driver Thorax Airbag Igniter - N199-
t to the co
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “7.1 Overview - Front Side Airbag”, page 143 .
12 - Driver Side Airbag
rrectness of i
❑ With Driver Airbag Igniter - N95-
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag”, page 131 . l purpos
13 - Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527-
nform
ercia
❑ With Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138-

m
at
om
io
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module .
n
c
in t
or
his
e
14 - Driver Side Knee Airbag Bracket

at
do
riv
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Column .

p
cum
for
en
g
15 - Driver Side Knee Airbag

n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ With the Driver Knee Airbag Igniter - N295-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “9.1 Overview - Knee Airbag”, page 156 . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Airbag Control Module

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Airbag Control Module”, page 127
⇒ “4.2 Airbag Control Module J234 , Removing and Installing”,
page 127
4.1 Overview - Airbag Control Module
1 - Airbag Control Module -

J234-
ling. Refer to wage
es n
⇒ “4.2 Airbag Control y Volks ot g
ua
Module J234 , Remov‐ ed b ran
ris
ing and Installing”,uthopage tee
or
127 . ss
a ac
❑ Control module is
ce
e
nl
pt
du
grounded via the hous‐
an
itte
y li
ing with the body.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Nut
wit
, is n
❑ 9 Nm
h re
hole
spec
❑ Nut and ground bolt
es, in part or in w
serve as a ground con‐
t to the co
nection for the control
module
❑ The threads must be
rrectness of i
free of paint and dirt
l purpos
3 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm nf
ercia
o
❑ Quantity: 2
rm
m
atio
❑ Nut and ground bolt

om
n in
serve as a ground con‐

or c
thi
nection for the control

te
sd
a
module
iv
o
r
rp
cu
❑ The threads must be

o
m
f
en
ng
free of paint and dirt

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
4 - Connector opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.2 Airbag Control Module - J234- , Remov‐

ing and Installing
Removing
WARNING
Observe the safety precautions for pyrotechnical components.

Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components”, page
3.
4. Airbag Control Module 127


– Remove the footwell center console trim panel. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -3- in the front footwell.
WARNING
lkswage es n
Before handling pyrotechnic components (for example, by Vdis‐
o ot g
ua
connecting the connector), the person handling it omust ir se
d
“dis‐ ran
tee
charge static electricity”. This can be done by touching
auth the door or
ac
striker pin, for example. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Disconnect the connector in the front passenger footwell, by
rm
ab
releasing the connector safety catch and opening the locking
pe
ility
ot
clip -5- on the connector in direction of -arrow-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the nuts -1 and 4-. hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Carefully lift the airbag control module -2- from the threaded
t to the co
pins and remove to the passenger side.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
For reasons of clarity, the instrument panel and heater and A/C
unit are not shown.
nform
mercia
Installing
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
WARNING
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
nents. Refer to
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
page 3 .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
agen
Prote AG.

following:
Note
engage audibly.
WARNING

4. Airbag Control Module 129

WARNING

Note
♦ If the Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75- signals a fault after instal‐

ling, check the DTC memory, erase it and check it again use
the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
♦ Code the Airbag Control Module - J234- after replacing it using
the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Airbag Control Module”, page 127
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Driver Side Airbag

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag”, page 131
⇒ “5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
page 132
⇒ “5.3 Airbag Connector, Replacing”, page 136
5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag
1 - Locking Bracket
❑ Use a T25 TORX®
screwdriver, approxi‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
mately 100 mm long agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
2 - Steering Column Electron‐ rised
nte
ics Control Module - J527- utho eo
ra
a c
❑ With Airbag Spiral ss
ce
le
Spring/Return Spring
un
pt
an
with Slip Ring - F138-
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒
ility
ot p
wit
Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering
is n
h re
Column Switch Module .
ole,
spec
3 - Steering Wheel without
t to the co
Multifunction
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒
rrectne
Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ;
ss
Steering Wheel .
o
cial p
4 - Wiring Harness without f inform

mer
Multifunction
atio
m
❑ For Driver Airbag Igniter

o
n
c
- N95-
or
n thi
te
sd
a
❑ Replacing. Refer to
iv
o
pr
⇒ “5.3 Airbag Connec‐

um
r
fo
tor, Replacing”,
en
ng
t.
yi
page 136 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Press in to secure in the
gh ht
yri by
pockets on the steering
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
wheel.
agen
Prote AG.

❑ With Driver Airbag Ignit‐
er - N95-
WARNING
Observe the safety pre‐
cautions for pyrotechni‐
cal components. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precau‐
tions for Pyrotechnic
Components”, page 3 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, page 132 .
6 - Screw
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel;
Overview - Steering Wheel .
5. Driver Side Airbag 131

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
7 - Steering Wheel withbyMultifunction
Vo gu
ara
ed
❑ Equipment hlevels
oris nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Overview.ss a Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr.
c 48 ; Steering Wheel; Overview - Steering
Wheel .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
8 - Wiring Harness with Multifunction
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ For Driver Airbag Igniter - N95-
ility
ot p
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Airbag Connector, Replacing”, page 136 .
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Press in to secure in the pockets on the steering wheel.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ With Driver Airbag Igniter - N95-
rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, page 132 .
do
priv
cum
or
10 - Screw
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel; Cop py
Overview - Steering Wheel . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and

Installing
♦ TORX® screwdriver T25, approximately 100 mm long, com‐
mercially available
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
ponents. Refer to
– Position the steering wheel as far back and down as possible.

– Use the full adjustment range of the steering column adjuster.
– Remove the upper steering column trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and
– Turn the steering wheel so the opening on the rear side of it
faces upward.

– Releases the locking bracket -1- for the driver side airbag -2-
in direction of -arrows-. Use a T25 TORX® screwdriver, ap‐
proximately 100 mm long.
Note
Electrical wires can be damaged with a flat-head screwdriver.
– Turn the steering wheel 180° and repeat the procedure on the
opposite side.
– Bring the steering wheel back into the center (wheels are
straight).
WARNING

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the driver side airbag -3- from the steering wheel
slightly.
– Pull out the connector lock -2- -arrow- and press it down, dis‐
connect the connector -1-.
– Vehicles with multifunction steering wheel: Disconnect the
connector.
WARNING
Lay airbag unit so padding faces upward.
Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention oristo the
e nte
eo
following: aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Make sure the connectors are pushed in all the way and that
ot p
wit
they engage audibly.
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Make sure the wires are not pinched.
spec
t to the co
– Connect the connector.
– Press in the connector to secure it in the pockets on the steer‐
rrectne
ing wheel.
s
– Position the driver side airbag -1- in the steering wheel and
s o
press on the edge with both hands until it locks into place.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

WARNING

– Check and erase the airbag control module DTC memory be‐
cause faults can be stored from when the connectors are
disconnected use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag”, page 131
5.3 Airbag Connector, Replacing

Removing
WARNING

Refer to
3.
– Remove the driver side airbag. Refer to

⇒ “5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, page
132 .
Equipment Levels: Steering Wheel without Multifunction
WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Vol
by gu
ara
connecting the connector), the person handling riseit must “dis‐
d
nte
charge static electricity”. This can be done byautouching
tho
the door eo
ra
striker pin, for example. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Release the connector lock -2- using a small screwdriver in
erm
ab
direction of -arrow- and remove the connector -1- from the
ility
ot p
Driver Airbag Igniter - N95- .
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Disconnect the connectors from the wiring harness -1-.

atio
om
n
c
– Disengage the wiring harness at the brackets and remove

i
or
n thi
from the driver side airbag -2-.

te
sd
iva
o
pr
Equipment Levels: Steering Wheel with Multifunction

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
WARNING
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.


– Release the connector lock -2- using a small screwdriver in

direction of -arrow- and remove the connector -1- from the
Driver Airbag Igniter - N95- .
– Disconnect the connectors from the wiring harness -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
– Disengage the wiring harness at the brackets
by
Vol
and remove gu
ara
from the driver side airbag -2-. rise d
nte
ho eo
ut
Installing ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
WARNING
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
nents. Refer to
, is n
h re
hole
spec
page 3 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Connect the connector -1- to the airbag igniter in direction of

-arrow A-.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Install the connector locking mechanism -2- in direction of

o
n in
c
-arrow B-. While doing this, the connector is pushed into the
or
thi
airbag igniter and locks into place.
te
sd
iva
o
r
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal, while noting

rp
cu
o
m
f
the following:
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Note
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
engage audibly.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Driver Side Airbag”, page 131

6 Front Passenger Airbag

⇒ “6.1 Overview - Front Passenger Airbag”, page 138
⇒ “6.2 Front Passenger Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and
⇒ “6.4 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 142
6.1 Overview - Front Passenger Airbag
1 - Connector
❑ Depending on the mar‐
ket, one connector (sin‐
gle-stage airbag) or two
connectors (dual-stage
airbag)
❑ Single-stage airbag with
one connector for Front
Passenger Airbag Ignit‐
er 1 - N131-
❑ Dual-stage airbag with gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
two connectors for FrontVolkswa not
Passenger Airbag Ignit‐edb
y gu
ara
er 1 - N131- andhoFront
ris nte
eo
Passenger Airbag
s aut Ignit‐ ra
c
er 2 - N132- s
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Screws
an
d
itte
y li
❑ 8 Nm
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ Quantity: 2
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Clean before reinstal‐

h re
hole
ling
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Insert with locking com‐

t to the co
pound. Refer to the

Parts Catalog.
rrectness of i
❑ Replace the instrument
l purpos
panel after an airbag

has deployed. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.6 Instrument Panel,

m
ling”, page 213 .

com
tion in
r
4 - Screws
te o
thi
s
iva
❑ 8 Nm
do
r
rp
cum
❑ Quantity: 2
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Clean before reinstal‐
Co
Cop py
ling
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Insert with locking compound. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Front Passenger Airbag
❑ Depending on the market, single- or dual-stage
❑ Single-stage: with Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 1 - N131-
❑ Dual-stage: with Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 1 - N131- and Front Passenger Airbag Igniter 2 - N132-

AG. VolkBody
swagenInterior
AG do - Edition 09.2015
agen es n
olksw ot g
y V ua
d b ran
e
ris tee
WARNING utho
or
a ac
Observe
♦ the safety pre‐ ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Observe
♦ the allocation of
spec
the airbag unit for the in‐
strument panel. Refer to
t to the co
the Parts Catalog.
rrectne
❑ Locking and activating possible with key switch
s
⇒ “6.2 Front Passenger Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, page 139 .
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
6.2 Front Passenger Airbag Unit with Ignit‐
atio
om
n
c
er, Removing and Installing
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Removing
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
WARNING . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ Observe the safety precautions for pyrotechnical compo‐ co Vo
by lksw
nents. Refer to
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 3 .
ponents. Refer to
♦ Observe the allocation of the airbag unit for the instrument
panel. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

page 36 .
WARNING

6. Front Passenger Airbag 139

– Disconnect the connector -4- from the Front Passenger Airbag

Igniter 1 - N131- .
– To do so, release the connector lock -2- with a small screw‐

driver in direction of -arrow- and disconnect the connector
-1-.
– If equipped, disconnect the second connector for the Front
Passenger Airbag Igniter 2 - N132- in the same manner.

– Remove the front passenger airbag -1- downward.
WARNING
Lay airbag unit so that the padding faces upward.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Installing by
Vo gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Before installing the bolts, the bolt and nut threads in the instru‐
itte
y li
ment panel must be cleaned.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
WARNING
ole,
spec

t to the co
nents. Refer to
page 3 .
rrectne

s

s o

cial p
f in

form
mer
♦ Observe the airbag allocation for the instrument panel.

atio
m
Refer to the Parts Catalog.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
140
agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the connector -1- to the airbag igniter(s) in direction

of -arrow A-.
following:
Note
WARNING

WARNING
If the ignition is not switched on after the battery is reconnected n AG. Volkswagen AG do
- “indicator lamps in the instrument cluster do not light Vup” wage
olks- the
es n
ot g
ignition (key/button) may only be switched on when ed the driver
by ua
ran
seat is positioned all the way back. thoris tee
o
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
If the Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75- signals a fault after installing,

wit
, is n
h re
check the DTC memory, erase it and check it again use the Ve‐
hole
hicle Diagnostic Tester .

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Front Passenger Airbag”, page 138

l purpos
6.3 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation

Key Switch, Removing and Installing
nform
mercia
at
NOT FOR NORTH AMERICAN MARKET

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Front Passenger Airbag 141

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
These versions are not installed on vehicles that wereised b released ara
nte
in the USA. hor eo
aut ra
ss c
Removing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the instrument panel side cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Instrument Panel Side Cover, Removing and Installing”, ot p
wit
, is n
h re
page 211 .
hole
spec
– Press the catch -1- in the direction of the -arrow- until the con‐
es, in part or in w
nector disengages.
t to the co
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
rrectness of i
– Release the springs -3- and -5-.
l purpos
– Push the Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch -

E224- -item 4- out of the key switch housing.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
io
following:
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
Note
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Make sure the connectors are pushed in all the way and that Cop py
t. rig
they engage audibly. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure the Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key

Switch - E224- clicks into the housing.
6.4 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indi‐

cator Lamp - K145- , Removing and In‐
stalling
Note
The Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp - K145- is

integrated in one component with the Emergency Flasher Switch
- EX3- and cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
– Emergency Flasher Switch - EX3- , removing and installing.

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls;
Emergency Flasher Switch EX3, Removing and Installing .

7 Side Airbags
AG. Volkswagen A
n G do
wage es
olks Side Airbag”, page 143not g
⇒ “7.1 Overview y-VFront u b ara
ed nte
⇒ “7.2 Overview
tho
ris - Rear Side Airbag”, page 144 e or
au a
⇒ “7.3 Front
ss Side Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
c
ce
e
page 145
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “7.4 Rear Side Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
y li
erm
ab
page 146
ility
ot p
wit
7.1 Overview - Front Side Airbag
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Backrest Frame
t to the co
2 - Hook
❑ for securing the side air‐
rrectness of i
bag to the backrest
l purpos
frame
3 - Front Side Airbag
nf
ercia
❑ Driver side: with the
orm
Driver Thorax Airbag Ig‐
m
atio
m
niter - N199-
o
n in
or c
❑ Front passenger side: thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
Thorax Airbag Igniter -

rp
cu
o
N200-
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
WARNING
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Observe the safety pre‐ cted agen
Prote AG.

ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Front Side Airbag
with Igniter, Removing
and Installing”,
page 145 .
4 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Replace after removing
5 - Wire
❑ From Driver Thorax Air‐
bag Igniter - N199- /
Front Passenger Thorax Airbag Igniter - N200-
7. Side Airbags 143

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
byV gu
ara
d
7.2 Overview - Rear Side Airbag ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
1 - Seat Pan
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2 - Wire
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ From Driver Side Rear
wit
is n
h re
N201- / Passenger Side
ole,
spec
Rear Thorax Airbag Ig‐
niter - N202-
t to the co
WARNING
rrectne
s
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
3 - Screws
te
sd
va
❑ 8 Nm
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
❑ Quantity: 2
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4 - Rear Side Airbag
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Side Rear Thorax Air‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
bag Igniter - N201-
❑ Passenger side: with
Passenger Side Rear
N202-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Rear Side Airbag
with Igniter, Removing
and Installing”,
page 146 .
5 - Airbag Pocket

7.3 Front Side Airbag with Igniter, Remov‐

ing and Installing
Removing
WARNING
♦ Observe the safety precautions AG. Vfor

olkspyrotechnical
wagen AG compo‐
nents. Refer to agen does
olksw not
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions
ed
by
V
for Pyrotechnic Components”, gu
ara
page 3 . horis nte
e
t or
au ac
♦ Observessthe additional safety precautions for the side air‐
bag. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.4 Additional Side Airbag Safety Precautions”,
an
d
itte
y li
page 6 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ponents. Refer to
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the front backrest. Refer to
ss o
⇒ “2.16 Front Backrest, Removing and Installing”, page 349 .
cial p
f inform
– Remove the cover and the backrest cushion. Refer to
mer
⇒ “1.5 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing”,

atio
m
page 406 .
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Slide the side airbag -1- upward and remove it from the back‐
um
r
fo
rest frame.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Carefully loosen the wiring bracket of the side airbag wiring t. C rig
gh ht
harness -3- from the backrest. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
Installing
agen
Prote AG.

following:
– Switch the ignition on.
WARNING
Make sure that no persons are in the vehicle.
– Connect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.

Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting .
WARNING

♦ Refer to ⇒ “7.1 Overview - Front Side Airbag”, page 143
7. Side Airbags 145

7.4 Rear Side Airbag with agIgniter,

en AG. V Removing
olkswagen AG
does
ksw
and Installing ed by Vol not
gu
ara
ris nte
Removing ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
WARNING
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
nents. Refer to
wit
, is n
h re
page 3 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Observe the additional safety precautions for the side air‐
t to the co
bag. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Additional Side Airbag Safety Precautions”,
page 6 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
ponents. Refer to
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
– Remove the side cushion. Refer to
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
– Remove the two screws -2-.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Unclip the connector -1- from the seat pan. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove the side airbag -3- from the airbag pocket -4-.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Installing
Prote AG.

following:
WARNING

WARNING

♦ Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Overview - Rear Side Airbag”, page 144

8 Head Curtain Airbags

⇒ “8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag”, page 147
⇒ “8.2 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
page 147
8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag
1 - Anti-Rotation Protection
Line
❑ Serves as anti-twist
mechanism
❑ Must be visible after as‐
sembly.
2 - Head Curtain Airbag
Head Curtain Airbag Ig‐
niter - N251-
Head Curtain Airbag Ig‐
niter - N252-
WARNING

ling. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “8.2 Head Curtain Air‐ lksw
agen oes
not
bag with Igniter, Remov‐ by Vo gu
ara
ing and Installing”, page rise
d
nte
o
147 . auth eo
ra
ss c
3 - Screw
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ 4.5 Nm
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
4 - Clip
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 5
hole
spec
5 - Clip
es, in part or in w
t to the co
8.2 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Re‐

rrectness of i

l purpos
⇒ “8.2.1 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan”, page 147
nform
mercia
⇒ “8.2.2 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Instal‐

at
om
ling, Wagon”, page 151

on
c
in t
or
his
8.2.1 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Re‐

ate
do
riv
moving and Installing, Sedan

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
147
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 8. Head Curtain Airbags
♦ Release Tool Set - Extraction Tool 17 - VAS1978/17- from the

Release Tool Set - VAS1978/35-
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
♦ Observe the additional safety precautions for the head
curtain airbag. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety Precau‐
tions”, page 7 .
ponents. Refer to

– Disengage the clips -1 through 5- in the head curtain airbag
mounting tabs from the vehicle body.
– To do so, forcefully push the Release Tool Set - Extraction
Tool 17 - VAS1978/17- with the »spoon« -arrow- all the way
into the opening -A-, as shown in the illustration.
– At the same time, pull the left side of the clip out of the vehicle AG. Volkswagen AG d
body. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Pull the Release Tool Set - Extraction Tool 17 - VAS1978/17- rised
nte
back out and make sure that the clips on the loosened side
aut do
ho eo
ra
not re-engage. ss c
ce
e
nl
– Turn the Release Tool Set - Extraction Tool 17 - VAS1978/17-

pt
du
an
itte
180°.
y li
erm
ab
– Repeat the procedure on the opening -B-. ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Remove the clip -1- from the A-pillar.

m
at
om
ion
c
WARNING
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8. Head Curtain Airbags 149

– Remove the connector lock and remove the connector -1- from AG. Volkswagen AG d
the head curtain airbag -2- -arrow-. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Remove the bolt -3- from the head curtain airbag. ris
edb ran
tee
ho
– Disengage the head curtain airbag -1- from the mount
aut on the or
ac
ss
body in direction of -arrow B- and push rearward.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disengage the rear head curtain airbag from the mount on the
body in direction of -arrow A- and remove.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
WARNING
nform
ercia

m
at
nents. Refer to
om
ion
c
in t
or
page 3 .
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Always follow head curtain airbag installation procedure.

p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
connecting the connector), the person handling it must C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the head curtain airbag -1- at the rear in the bracket
on the body in direction of -arrow A- and push forward.
– Engage the front head curtain airbag in the bracket on the body
in direction of -arrow B-.
– Attach the head curtain airbag with the bolt -1-.

– Turn the rearmost clip -1- downward 90° -arrow- and clip into
the vehicle body.
– Install the remaining head curtain airbag clips until they audibly
engage, toward the front and rear starting from the gas gen‐
erator
– Check the clips by pulling on them and make sure they are
completely engaged.
– Connect the connector to the head curtain airbag igniter.
– Press in the connector lock. This slides the connector into the
head curtain airbag igniter all the way and simultaneously
locks it.
– Make sure the anti-rotation protection line is visible along the
entire length and it is straight. By making sure it is will ensure
that the head curtain airbag is NOT twisted.
WARNING

hicle when connecting the battery. AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
d b ra
– Connect the batteryhoris ground cable with the ignition turned on.ntee
e
Refer to ⇒ Electrical
au
t Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Bat‐ or ac
tery, Disconnecting
ss and Connecting .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
WARNING
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
If the Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75- indicates a fault, check the

DTC memory, erase it and check it again using the Vehicle Di‐
nform
ercia
agnostic Tester .
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Refer to ⇒ “8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag”, page 147

at
do
priv
cum
for
8.2.2 Head Curtain Airbag with Igniter, Re‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
moving and Installing, Wagon
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Special tools and workshop equipment required by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Release Tool Set - VAS1978/35-

Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
♦ Observe the additional safety precautions for the head
curtain airbag. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety Precau‐
tions”, page 7 .
ponents. Refer to

AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
– Remove the headliner. Refer by
Vol to
k ot g
ua
⇒ “7.3.2 Headliner, Removing
ris
ed and Installing, Wagon”, ran
tee
page 301 . ut
ho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Disengage the clips -1-, -2-, -3-, -4- and -5- in the head curtain s
ce
e
nl
airbag mounting tabs from the vehicle body.

pt
du
an
itte
y li
– To do so, forcefully push the Release Tool Set - Extraction

erm
ab
Tool 17 - VAS1978/17- with the »spoon« -arrow- all the way

ility
ot p
into the opening -A-, as shown in the illustration.

wit
, is n
h re
– At the same time, pull the left side of the clip out of the vehicle
hole
spec
body.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pull the Release Tool Set - Extraction Tool 17 - VAS1978/17-

back out and make sure that the clips on the loosened side do
not re-engage.
rrectness of i
– Turn the Release Tool Set - Extraction Tool 17 - VAS1978/17-

l purpos
180°.
– Repeat the procedure on the opening -B-.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the clip -1- from the A-pillar.
WARNING

– Remove the connector lock and remove the connector -1- from
the head curtain airbag -2- -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove the bolt -3- from the head curtainolkairbag.
swa
gen oes
not
byV gu
– Disengage the head curtain airbagri-1- se from the mount on the
d ara
nte
body in direction of -arrow B- and uth push rearward.
o eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Disengage the rear head curtain airbag from the mount on the
t to the co
body in direction of -arrow A- and remove.
Installing
rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos
♦ Observe the safety precautions for pyrotechnical compo‐ nform

ercia
nents. Refer to
m
a
com
page 3 .
ion in
r
te o
♦ Always follow head curtain airbag installation procedure.

thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
the door striker pin, for example. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the head curtain airbag -1- at the rear in the bracket
on the body in direction of -arrow A- and push forward.
– Engage the front head curtain airbag in the bracket on the body

lkswage es n
d byV
o
Golf
ot g
ua 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ran
ho
ir se Body
tee Interior - Edition 09.2015
ut or
a ac
ss
– Attach the head curtain airbag with the bolt -1-.
ce
le
un
pt
– Starting from the gas generator and moving toward the front
an
d
itte
y li
and rear, install the head curtain airbag clips until they audibly
rm
ab
lock into place.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Check the clips by pulling on them and make sure they are
h re
completely engaged.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Connect the connector to the head curtain airbag igniter.
t to the co
– Press in the connector lock. This slides the connector into the
head curtain airbag igniter all the way and simultaneously
rrectness of i
locks it.
l purpos
– Make sure the anti-rotation protection line is visible along the

entire length and it is straight. By making sure it is will ensure
that the head curtain airbag is NOT twisted.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
WARNING
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
hicle when connecting the battery. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

Note

agnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to ⇒ “8.1 Overview - Head Curtain Airbag”, page 147

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Golf 2015 ➤ o,lksGolf Variant 2015 ➤
wa not
yV gu
Body Interior
ise
d b - Edition 09.2015 ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
9 Knee Airbags
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “9.1 Overview - Knee Airbag”, page 156
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “9.2 Knee Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
ot p
wit
page 157
is n
h re
ole,
9.1 Overview - Knee Airbag
spec
t to the co
1 - Knee Airbag
❑ With the Driver Knee
rrectne
Airbag Igniter - N295-
ss
ling. Refer to
o
cial p
f i
⇒ “9.2 Knee Airbag with
nform
Igniter, Removing and
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Caution
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
The risk of damaging the
um
r
fo
knee airbag surface due

en
ng
t.
yi
to mechanical stress is to
Co
Cop py
be prevented.
t. rig
gh ht
yri
After
♦ finishing work per‐
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
form a visual inspection if Prote
cted agen
the surface of the knee
AG.
airbag especially along

the area of the perfora‐
tion is undamaged.
2 - Attachment Point
❑ For the knee airbag
Caution
Avoid malfunctions due
to faulty ground connec‐
tions.
Mounting
♦ thread and
contact surface must be
free of paint, coating, and
corrosion.
The
♦ threaded connection
serves as a ground con‐
nection for the knee air‐
bag.
3 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Connector
❑ For the Driver Knee Airbag Igniter - N295-

9.2 Knee Airbag with Igniter, Removing and

Installing
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
ponents. Refer to
♦ Observe the allocation of the airbag unit for the instrument
panel. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

on. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.wGr.
agen 27 ; Battery; AG does
AG. Volkswagen
Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting
yV
ol.
ks not
gu b ara
ed
– Remove the instrument panel tcover
ho
ris on the driver side. Refer nte
e or
to au ac
ss Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
⇒ “1.9 Driver Side Instrument
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the three bolts -2-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the driver side knee airbag -1- rearward.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
WARNING
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Disconnect the connector -3- from the Driver Knee Airbag Ig‐
nform
ercia
niter - N295- .
m
at
– Open the connector lock -4- with a small screwdriver -arrow-

om
ion
and disconnect the connector.

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
WARNING
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Lay airbag unit so that the padding faces upward.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9. Knee Airbags 157

Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
♦ Observe the airbag allocation for the instrument panel.
Refer to the Parts Catalog.
– Connect the connector -1- to the airbag igniter in direction of

-arrow A-.
the following:
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ Make sure the wiresVoare
lkswnot pinched.
a
not
y gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au
Caution
s
ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
The risk of damaging the knee airbag surface due to mechan‐

an
d
itte
y li
ical stress is to be prevented.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ After performing work visually inspect that the surface of

wit
is n
the knee airbag is undamaged.

h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
WARNING
rrectne

ss

o
cial p

inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or

thi
te

sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
WARNING
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
If the ignition is not switched on after the battery is reconnected yri
p by
o Vo
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Refer to ⇒ “9.1 Overview - Knee Airbag”, page 156
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9. Knee Airbags 159

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au
10 Airbag Crash Sensors
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “10.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag Crash Sensors”,
an
itte
y li
page 160
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “10.2 Driver Front Airbag Crash Sensor G283 , Removing and
wit
Installing”, page 161 , is n
h re
hole
⇒ “10.3 Passenger Side Front Airbag Crash Sensor G284 , Re‐
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “10.4 Driver Side Airbag Crash Sensor G179 / Front Passenger
Side Airbag Crash Sensor G180 , Removing and Installing”, page
166
rrectness of i
⇒ “10.5 Driver Side Rear Side Airbag Crash Sensor G256 / Pas‐
l purpos
senger Side Rear Side Airbag Crash Sensor G257 , Removing

nform
ercia
10.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag Crash Sensors

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
1 - Front Passenger Side Air‐
his
ate
do
riv
bag Crash Sensor - G180-

p
cum
or
❑ Component location: in‐

f
en
ng
t.
side the door
yi Co
Cop py
❑ For the safety precau‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
tions for working with
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
front side airbag crash Prote
cted AG.
agen
sensors (pressure sen‐
sors). Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Front Side Airbag
Crash Sensors (Pres‐
sure Sensors) Safety
Precautions”, page 7 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.4 Driver Side Air‐
bag Crash Sensor
G179 / Front Passenger
Side Airbag Crash Sen‐
sor G180 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 166 .
2 - Passenger Side Rear Side
Airbag Crash Sensor - G257-
❑ Component location:
under the wheel hous‐
ing trim panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.5 Driver Side
Rear Side Airbag Crash
Sensor G256 / Passen‐
ger Side Rear Side Air‐
bag Crash Sensor
G257 , Removing and
3 - Screw
❑ 9 Nm
4 - Screw
❑ 9 Nm

5 - Driver Side Rear Side Airbag Crash Sensor - G256-

❑ Component location: under the wheel housing trim panel
⇒ “10.5 Driver Side Rear Side Airbag Crash Sensor G256 / Passenger Side Rear Side Airbag Crash
Sensor G257 , Removing and Installing”, page 169 .
6 - Driver Side Airbag Crash Sensor - G179-
❑ Component location: inside the door
❑ For the safety precautions for working with front side airbag crash sensors (pressure sensors). Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pressure Sensors) Safety Precautions”, page 7 .
⇒ “10.4 Driver Side Airbag Crash Sensor G179 / Front Passenger Side Airbag Crash Sensor G180 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 166 .
7 - Driver Front Airbag Crash Sensor - G283-
⇒ “10.2 Driver Front Airbag Crash Sensor G283 , Removing and Installing”, page 161 .
8 - Screw
❑ 9 Nm
AG. Volkswagen
9 - Passenger Side Front Airbag Crash Sensor - G284- ksw
agen AG do
es n
Vol ot g
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ed by ua
ran
⇒ “10.3 Passenger Side Front AirbagthoCrash
ris Sensor G284 , Removing and Installing”,
tee
o
page 164 .
au ra
10 - Screw ss c
ce
e
nl
❑ 9 Nm
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
10.2 Driver Front Airbag Crash Sensor -
wit
, is n
h re
G283- , Removing and Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co
WARNING
rrectness of i
l purpos
Refer to
nform
ercia
3.
m

at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Make sure that the Start/Stop System is disabled when Cop py
t.
rig
gh ht
yri by
ignition back on).
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the hood.
– If necessary, remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 23 ; Air Filter or ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air Filter .
– Disengage the washer fluid reservoir filler tube from the sup‐
port. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Wind‐
shield Washer System; Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing
and Installing .
10. Airbag Crash Sensors 161

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf sVariant
ed b 2015 ➤ ara
nte
ri
Body Interior - Edition
ut
ho 09.2015 eo
ra
s a c
s
– Remove the screw -2- and the front airbag crash sensor -1-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
from the lock carrier.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
WARNING
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
– To do this pull out the connector lock -2- and push down in
en
ng
t.
yi
direction of -arrow-, disconnect the connector -1- on the crash
Co
Cop py
sensor. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
WARNING d by gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
u
♦ Observe the safety sprecautions for pyrotechnical compo‐
ra
sa c
nents. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
page 3 .
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Connect the connector -1- to the crash sensor until it clicks into
place -arrow-.
rrectness of i
– Push in the connector lock -2- to secure the connector.
l purpos

the following:
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
Note
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
WARNING
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

Note

agnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to
⇒ “10.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag Crash Sen‐
sors”, page 160

10.3 Passenger Side Front Airbag Crash

Sensor - G284- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
WARNING

Refer to
3.
♦ Make sure that the Start/Stop System is disabled when
ignition back on).
olkswagen AG
– Disconnect the battery ground cable with the ignition turnedagen
AG. V does
ksw
on. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ;bBattery;
yV
ol not
gu
Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
– Open the hood. s au ra
c
s
ce
le
– Remove the screw -2- and the front airbag crash sensor -1-
un
pt
from the lock carrier.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
WARNING
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
direction of -arrow-, disconnect the connector -1- on the crash Cop py
. rig
sensor.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
wage es n
WARNING
yV
olks ot g
b ua
ed ran
ris tee
♦ Observeauthe
tho
safety precautions for pyrotechnical compo‐ or
nents. sRefer
s to ac
ce
le
un
pt
page 3 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
place in direction of -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

the following:
nform
mercia
Note
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
WARNING
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

Note

agnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to
sors”, page 160

10.4 Driver Side Airbag Crash Sensor -

G179- / Front Passenger Side Airbag
Crash Sensor - G180- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
♦ Observe the safety precautions for front side airbag crash
sensors (pressure sensors). Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pressure Sen‐
sors) Safety Precautions”, page 7 .

– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to olkswagen AG
⇒ “1.2 Front Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
agpage
en AG. V does
ksw
194 . by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
WARNING au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Pull out the connector lock -2- and push down in direction of
es, in part or in w
-arrow-, disconnect the connector -1- on the crash sensor.

t to the co
– Release the locking mechanism -2- and turn the retainer -1-
for the crash sensor approximately 45° counterclockwise in
rrectness of i
direction of -arrow-.
l purpos
– Disengage the side airbag crash sensor -3- from the door and
remove.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
WARNING
For proper crash sensor (pressure sensor) function, ensure

door does not leak.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Pay attention that the seal -2- is seated correctly.
rised Replace
b ara
nte
crash sensor if damaged or deformed ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
– Engage the side airbag crash sensor ins the door.
ce
le
un
pt
– Turn the locking mechanism -1- for the crash sensor clockwise
an
d
itte
y li
in direction of -arrow-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
• The retaining tab -3- must engage audibly.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
♦ Observe the safety precautions for front side airbag crash
sensors (pressure sensors). Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Front Side Airbag Crash Sensors (Pressure Sen‐
sors) Safety Precautions”, page 7 .
place -arrow-.
the following:
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Make sure the wires are not pinched. agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
WARNING ss au ra
c
ce
e
nl
The ignition must be on when connecting the battery. If pyro‐ pt

du
an
itte
technic components (for example, airbag, belt tensioner) are y li

erm
not repaired correctly, they may deploy unintentionally after ab

ility
ot p
connecting battery. There must not be anyone inside the ve‐ wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
If the Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75- indicates a fault, check the gh ht
yri by
DTC memory, erase it and check it again using the Vehicle Di‐ cop Vo
by lksw
agnostic Tester .
cted agen
Prote AG.

10.5 Driver Side Rear Side Airbag Crash

Sensor - G256- / Passenger Side Rear
Side Airbag Crash Sensor - G257- , Re‐
Removing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
disconnecting the connector), the person handling it must

2-Door Sedan
page 265 .
4-Door Sedan and Wagon
– Remove the wheel housing trim panel. Refer to
⇒ “5.17 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 267 . G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
– Remove the bolt -1- and the side airbagVol crash sensor -2- from
ks ot g
by ua
the body. ris
ed ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
WARNING ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
direction of -arrow-, disconnect the connector -1- on the crash

sensor.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
place -arrow-.
the following:
Note
WARNING

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
– Connect the battery ground cable with the ignition turned
orise on. nte
eo
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery;
auth
Bat‐ ra
c
tery, Disconnecting and Connecting . ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
WARNING
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

t to the co
rrectne
Note
ss

o
cial p
inform
agnostic Tester .
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Refer to
t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
sors”, page 160

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
170
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts Prote
cted AG.
agen
11 Seat Position Sensor

⇒ “11.1 Overview - Seat Position Sensor”, page 171
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
ks wage es
⇒ “11.2 Seat Positiony Sensor,
Vol Removing and Installing”,
not
gu
page 172 ris
ed b ara
nt ee
ho
ut or
11.1 ss
a Overview - Seat Position Sensor ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
1 - Seat Pan Lower Frame
y li
erm
ab
ility
2 - Seat Position Sensor
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Driver side: Driver Seat
h re
Position Sensor - G553-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Front Passenger Seat
Position Sensor - G554-
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
⇒ “11.2 Seat Position
l purpos
Sensor, Removing and

nf
ercia
o
3 - Screw
rm
m
atio
❑ 1.2 Nm
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
11. Seat Position Sensor 171

lkswage es n
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf dVariant
by
Vo 2015 ➤ ot g
ua
ran
Body Interior - hEdition
orise
09.2015 tee
ut or
a ac
ss
11.2 Seat Position Sensor, Removing and In‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
stalling
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
WARNING
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
nents. Refer to
page 3 .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
c
– Attach the front seat to the Fixture For Seat Repair . Refer to
um
for
⇒ “1.2 Front Seat, Mounting on Fixture for Seat Repair”, page
en
ng
t.
yi Co
311 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Release the hook -arrow- of the seat position sensor -2- from
the seat pan lower frame -1-.
Note
It may be helpful to make drawings or take photos of the wire

routing. This assures the wires will be reconnected correctly.
– Disconnect the wire from the seat position sensor and free it
up.
– Remove the seat position sensor with the wires from the seat
pan lower frame.
Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
“discharge static electricity”.
kswagen This can be done oby
es ntouching
Vol
the door striker dpin,
by for example.
ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
Install in reverse
ss order of removal. Note the following:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec

t to the co
WARNING
rrectne

s

s o
cial p

f in

form
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
WARNING opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
11. Seat Position Sensor 173

Note

agnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to ⇒ “11.1 Overview - Seat Position Sensor”, page 171
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Belt Fastening Detection

⇒ “12.1 Front Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor G128 , Re‐
12.1 Front Passenger Occupant Detection

Sensor - G128- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Note
The passenger occupant detection sensor is only installed in the

front passenger seat.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
WARNING
ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
nents. Refer to
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
page 3 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

– Remove the front passenger seat. Refer to
nf
ercia

orm
m
– Remove the seat pan cover and cushion. Refer to

atio
m
⇒ “1.4 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing”,

o
n in
or c
page 405 .
thi
te
sd
iva
– Disconnect the connector for the passenger occupant detec‐

o
r
rp
cu
tion system pressure sensor.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
12. Belt Fastening Detection 175

– Unclip the clips -1- from the seat backrest and remove the
passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor -2-.
Installing n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
WARNING tho tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
nents. Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
page 3 .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Caution
s
The new passenger occupant detection system pressure sen‐
s o
cial p
f
sor should be installed in the same location as the old sensor.
inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
following:
or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Push the clips for the passenger occupant detection system

i
o
pr
cum
pressure sensor into the seat pan until they click into place.
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
engage audibly.
WARNING

WARNING


Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
12. Belt Fastening Detection 177

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015d b➤ yV gu
ara
e
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
13 Passenger Occupant Detection Sys‐
nl
pt
du
an
itte
tem
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “13.1 Overview - Passenger Occupant Detection System”,
wit
page 178 , is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “13.2 Passenger Occupant Detection System Pressure Sensor,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “13.3 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module
J706 , Removing and Installing”, page 186
rrectness of i
⇒ “13.4 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module
l purpos
J706 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 189
13.1 Overview - Passenger Occupant Detection System
nform
mercia
at
om
io
Note
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
♦ The passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor automatically deactivates the front passenger
do
priv
c
airbag when the front passenger seat is not occupied.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ The passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor and the Front Passenger Seat Heating Element
Co
op py
- Z8- are a shared component.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ This equipment is only installed on vehicles released in the USA.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The components pictured can vary in form and appearance from the present vehicle. However the assembly
and functionality are identical.

1 - Wiring Harness
❑ Pay attention to the ex‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
act wire routing.olRefer ageto es n
ksw ot g
⇒ “13.2 Passenger
ed by
V
Oc‐ ua
ran
cupant hDetection
oris Sys‐ tee
tem Pressure
aut Sensor, or
ac
Removing
ss and Instal‐
ce
e
ling”, page 180 .

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2 - Front Seat Cushion
erm
ab
❑ Must not be disconnec‐
ility
ot p
ted from the passenger
wit
, is n
h re
occupant detection sys‐
hole
tem pressure sensor
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ The components are
t to the co
separated from each
other; replace both com‐
ponents
rrectness of i
❑ It is not necessary to re‐
l purpos
place the Passenger

Occupant Detection
System Control Module
nf
ercia
- J706- .
orm
m
atio
3 - Positioning Aids
om
n in
c
❑ Positioning aids on the

or
thi
e
passenger occupant de‐

t
sd
iva
tection system pressure

o
r
rp
cu
sensor
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
4 - Passenger Occupant De‐ Cop py
t. rig
tection System Pressure Sen‐ yri
gh by
ht
sor
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Must not be separated Prote AG.
from the front seat cush‐
ion cover
❑ The components are
separated from each
other; replace both com‐
ponents
❑ On vehicles with seat heating, the passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor and the Front
Passenger Seat Heating Element - Z8- are a shared component.
❑ It is not necessary to replace the Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706- .
⇒ “13.2 Passenger Occupant Detection System Pressure Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 180 .
5 - Positioning Aids
❑ Positioning aids on the front seat cushion padding
6 - Adhesive Surfaces
❑ Adhesion surface for gluing to the front seat cushion cover
7 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Screw for Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706-
8 - Bracket
❑ Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706- bracket
❑ Clipped to the seat frame
⇒ “13.4 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module J706 Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 189 .
13. Passenger Occupant Detection System 179

9 - Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706-

❑ If the Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706- must be replaced, it is not necessary
to replace the passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor.
⇒ “13.3 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module J706 , Removing and Installing”, page
186 .
10 - Connector
❑ Pay attention to the exact wire routing. Refer to
⇒ “13.2 Passenger Occupant Detection System Pressure Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 180 .
11 - Connector
❑ Voltage supply connector for Passenger Occupant nDetection
AG. VolkswaSystem
gen A Control Module - J706-
ge G do
swa es
12 - Connector by
Vol
k not
gu
ara
d
rise
❑ Coupling location of the passenger occupant detection system to the vehicle electrical
nte system
ho e t or
au ac
13 - Front Seat Wiring Harness ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Pressure Sensor, Removing and Instal‐
wit
, is n
h re
ling
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ The passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor
and the front seat cushion can only be replaced as one unit.
l purpos
♦ The Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module -

J706- may not be replaced separately.
nform
ercia
♦ Removing and installing the passenger occupant detection

m
at
system pressure sensor is described for the “Comfort” front
om
seat with manual seat adjustment. ion

c
in t
or
his
te
♦ Removing and installing on the other versions of the front seat

a
do
riv
is identical.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Removing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
WARNING
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

nents. Refer to
page 3 .

– Secure the seat on the fixture for seat repair. Refer to
311 .
– Remove the tunnel side seat trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Tunnel-Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 344 .

– Remove the sill-side seat trim. Refer to

⇒ “2.14 Sill-Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 345 .
– Remove the seat trim bracket. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 348 .
– Remove the storage compartment, if equipped. Refer to
⇒ “2.35 Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing”,
page 371 .
Note
The components pictured can vary in form and appearance from the present vehicle. However the assembly
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the front seat backrest -1-. Refer to

– Disconnect the connector -4- for the passenger occupant de‐
tection system pressure sensor -2- from the Passenger Oc‐
cupant Detection System Control Module - J706- -3-.

– Loosen the passenger occupant detection system pressure

sensor wiring harness -5- from the seat frame.
– Remove the seat cushion with passenger occupant detection
system pressure sensor -2- and the cover from the seat frame.
Refer to
page 405 .
– Disconnect the cover from the seat cushion with passenger
occupant detection system pressure sensor -2-. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Separating”,
page 408 .
WARNING
The passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor

-2- is permanently glued to the seat cushion -1-. It is not pos‐
sible to remove and install separately. The passenger occu‐
pant detection system pressure sensor must be replaced with
the seat cushion.
On vehicles with seat heating, the passenger occupant detec‐
tion system pressure sensor and the seat heating element are
a shared component.
Note
♦ To prevent any removed components from being installed again by mistake, the components should be
separated from each other and disposed.
♦ The following work applies to these components.
♦ The components pictured can vary in form and appearance from the present vehicle. However the assembly
and functionality are identical. wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the wiring harness -2- for the passenger occupant

ility
ot p
detection system pressure sensor -3- from the channel and

wit
, is n
guide it through the seat cushion -1-.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf 2015 ➤ , uGolf
tho Variant 2015 ➤ eo
ra
a
Body Interior
s - Edition 09.2015
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the passenger occupant detection system pressure

sensor -1- from the seat cushion -2- starting from direction of
-arrow A- in direction of -arrow B-.
– Remove the passenger occupant detection system pressure
sensor -1- from the seat cushion -2-.
Installing
WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
The passenger occupant detection system pressure sensor

-2- is permanently glued to the seat cushion -1-. It is not pos‐
sible to remove and install separately. The passenger occu‐
pant detection system pressure sensor must be replaced with
the seat cushion.
On vehicles with seat heating, the passenger occupant detec‐
tion system pressure sensor and the seat heating element are
a shared component.
– Connect the cover and seat cushion to the passenger occu‐

pant detection system pressure sensor -2-. Refer to
page 408 .

– Install the seat cushion with passenger occupant detection

system pressure sensor -2- and cover on the seat frame. Refer
to
page 405 .
– Route and secure the wiring harness -5- for the passenger
occupant detection system pressure sensor -2- on the seat
frame as shown. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ol ksw not
– Connect the connector -4- on the wiring harnessy V -5- to the gu
db ara
Passenger Occupant Detection System rControl
ise Module - nte
J706- -3-. autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Make sure the connector is pushed in all the way and that it engages audibly.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
the following:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
WARNING
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
not repaired correctly, they may deploy unintentionally after m

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
hicle when connecting the battery. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

Note

agnostic Tester .

Control Module - J706- , Removing and
Installing

WARNING

nents. Refer to
page 3 .

– Secure the seat on the fixture for seat repair. Refer to
311 .
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Disconnect the connectors -4 and 5- from the Passenger Oc‐

cupant Detection System Control Module - J706- -1-.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
– Remove the Passenger Occupant Detection System Control

in t
or
Module - J706- -1- from the bracket -3- in direction of

his
ate
-arrow-.
do
priv
cum
for
Installing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
WARNING
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.
nents. Refer to
page 3 .

the following:

Note
♦ It is necessary to perform a basic setting/coding in “Guided
Fault Finding” if the Passenger Occupant Detection System
Control Module - J706- was replaced. Refer to Vehicle Diag‐
nostic Tester .
WARNING

WARNING
G. Volkswage
If the ignition is not switched on after the battery
ksw
agenis reconnectedAG does
A n
not
- “indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
y V do not light up” - the
ol
gu
db ara
ignition (key/button) may only beoriswitched
se on when the driver nte
seat is positioned all the way aback.
ut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
agnostic Tester .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
13.4 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Module - J706- Bracket,

rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
– Remove the Passenger Occupant Detection System Control
nform
ercia
Module - J706- . Refer to

⇒ “13.3 Passenger Occupant Detection System Control Mod‐
m
ule J706 , Removing and Installing”, page 186 .

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Note
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
op
and functionality are identical. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the clamping pin on the clip -1- and loosen the clip
l purpos
-1-.
– Remove the bracket -2- from the seat frame -3- in direction of nf
ercia
-arrow-.
orm
m
atio
Installing
om
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
13.5 Required Importer Notification

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
After installing the new components for the passenger occupant C py
t. rig
detection system (passenger occupant detection system pres‐
gh ht
pyri by
sure sensor / Passenger Occupant Detection System Control
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
Module - J706- ), attach the labels (only tear-off strips) for the new
agen
Prote AG.
components on the “registration tag 2 for airbag systems”. “Reg‐
istration tag 2 for airbag systems” should be sent to importer for
registration.
The “registration tag 2 for airbag systems” can be printed from the
“Technical Service Handbook”:
ElsaWin
→ Technical Service Handbook (HST)
→ Technical Service Bulletin (TSB)

→ Electrical system
→ Function
→ Passenger protection area
→ Turning off the airbag unit/child seat, installing a set, etc.
→ System 2
The “process ID” and “TPI number” for this procedure can be
found in “Technical Service Handbook 2”:“2022327/1”
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Special Tools

Release Tool Set - VAS1978/35- en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

70 – Interior Trim
1 Front Door Trim Panels
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door Trim Panel”, page 193
⇒ “1.2 Front Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 194
⇒ “1.3 Mirror Cover Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 198
⇒ “1.4 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing and Installing”,
page 198
⇒ “1.5 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”, page 199
1.1 Overview - Front Door Trim Panel
Note
♦ The overview illustration shows the driver side front door trim panel. The illustration for the front passenger
side is identical.
♦ The overview illustration applies to vehicles with 4 doors. The illustration for vehicles with 2 doors is identical.
1 - Door Trim Panel

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Door Trim AG. Volkswagen AG d
Panel, Removing and agen oes
olksw not
Installing”, page 194 . d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
2 - Central Locking -SAFE- In‐ ut
ho eo
ra
dicator Lamp - K133- ss a c
ce
le
❑ Driver door only

un
pt
an
d
itte
❑ Component Location
y li
erm
ab
Overview. Refer to ⇒
ility
ot p
wit
Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps;
is n
h re
Component Location
ole,
spec
Overview - Front Door
Lamps .
t to the co
3 - Sleeve
❑ For Central Locking - rrectne
SAFE- Indicator Lamp -
K133-
ss
❑ Driver door only

o
cial p
f in
4 - Mirror Cover Trim

form
mer

atio
m
ling. Refer to
o
n
c
⇒ “1.3 Mirror Cover

or
n thi
e
Trim, Removing and In‐

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
5 - Clip
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Quantity: 2
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Replace damaged or
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
deformed clips Prote
cted AG.
agen
1. Front Door Trim Panels 193

6 - Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11-

❑ With Driver Interior Locking Button - E308-
❑ Component Location Overview. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component
Location Overview - Front Door Controls .
7 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Grip Recess Upper Section
9 - Rear Reflector
❑ Component Location Overview. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Component
Location Overview - Front Door Lamps .
10 - Power Window Control Head in Driver Door - E512-
❑ Component Location Overview. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component
Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors .
11 - Clip
❑ 2-door: quantity: 7
❑ 4-door: quantity: 6 (one of which is the left upper crash clip -arrow-)
❑ Insert in the trim panel
❑ Replace damaged or deformed clips
12 - Trim Molding
❑ Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Trim Molding, Removing
en AG. V
olkswand
agenInstalling”,
AG page 199 .
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
1.2 Front Door Trim Panel, Removing and ho
t eo
au ra
c
ss
Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ The removal and installation for the driver side front door trim h re
hole
panel is described. The removal and installation for the front spec
passenger side is identical.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The removal and installation for vehicles with 4-doors is

shown. The removal and installation for 2-door vehicles is
identical.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
or

m
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e
Removing
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
o
m
f
en
ng
the ignition key.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
194 Rep. Gr.70 - Interior Trim

– Remove the handle molding upper section -1- with the Trim
Removal Wedge - 3409- from the mounts in the door trim pan‐
el.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Turn/release the clip -1- 90° in direction of the -arrow- (1/4 of
nform
ercia
a turn) using the open-end wrench (10 mm).

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Clip -arrow- is loosened.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Loosen the clips -2- for the door trim panel -1- out of the
spec
mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- . The clip -3- was al‐
t to the co
ready released.
rrectne
Note
♦ For 4-door vehicles, the left upper clip -arrow- is designed as a crash clip. When prying out the door trim
ss o
panel, it is automatically released from the window shaft strip.

cial p
f inform
♦ A crash clip is not installed on 2-door vehicles. All door trim panel clips must be released as described.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Caution
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
If the door trim panel is pulled vertically upward out of the win‐
um
r
fo
en
ng
dow shaft strip, make sure that the door trim panel does not
t.
yi Co
bump into the mirror cover trim and become damaged. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Remove the door trim panel -1- vertically from the window Prote AG.
shaft strip. The crash clip -arrow- is automatically released on
4-door vehicles.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, disconnect the
connectors from the door trim panel -1-.

– Disconnect the cable -1- from the interior door mechanism.

Installing
Note
Install in reverse order of removal

agen
AG. while
Volkswpaying
agen AG attention to the
does
following: V olksw not
g y ua
db ran
– Insert the clips
or into the front door trim panel.
ise tee
th or
s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Caution
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Before installing the door trim panel, make sure that the locking
ility
ot p
mechanism of all clip connections are in -position 1-.
wit
, is n
h re
It is not possible to install the door trim panel correctly if the
hole
spec
clips are in the -2 position-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤Volkswa not
y gu
ise
db ara
nte
r
ho eo
ut ra
Tightening Specifications ss
a c
ce
e
nl
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door Trim Panel”, page 193
pt
du
an
itte
y li
1.3 Mirror Cover Trim, Removing and Instal‐
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Removal and installation are described for the mirror cover
trim on the driver side. The removal and installation for the
rrectness of i
front passenger side is identical.
l purpos

identical.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Removing
om
n in
or c
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to
thi
te
⇒ “1.2 Front Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page
sd
iva
o
r
194 .
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Remove the clips -1- for the mirror cover trim -2-.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Remove the mirror cover trim -2- from the front door toward
rig
gh ht
yri by
the rear -arrow-. op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installing
AG.
Note
1.4 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing

and Installing
The interior door mechanism is clipped into the trim molding for
the door trim panel.
Note
♦ The removal and installation of the driver side trim molding is

described. The removal and installation for the front passen‐
ger side is identical.
identical.
Removing
194 .
– Remove the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- with
the Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- . Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component Location
Overview - Front Door Controls .

– Remove the trim molding. Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”, page 199 .
– Carefully unclip the interior door mechanism all the way
around from the nine retainers in the trim molding.
Installing
1.5 Trim Molding, Removing and Installingagen AG. Volkswagen AG do

ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
Note tho or
au ac
ss
♦ The removal and installation of the driver side trim molding is described. The removal and installation for
ce
le
un
pt
the front passenger side is identical.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
♦ The removal and installation for vehicles with 4-doors is shown. The removal and installation for 2-door
ab
ility
vehicles is identical.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Removing
spec
t to the co
194 .
rrectne
– Remove the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- with
the Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- . Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component Location
ss
Overview - Front Door Controls .
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
– Drill out the attachment points -2- for the trim molding -1- from
n in
r
the door trim panel using an appropriate drill until the trim
te o
thi
molding starts to loosen from the door trim panel.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Caution
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
The door trim panel must not be damaged by drilling.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully loosen the attachment points -2- one after the other
and remove the trim molding -1- from the door trim panel.
Installing
Lock washers near the trim strip (4-door): 17 mm × 7.5 mm, quan‐
tity: 6. Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Lock washers near the trim strip (2-door): 17 mm × 7.5 mm, quan‐
tity: 9. Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Lock washers near the interior door mechanism: 13.4 mm × 6 mm,
quantity: 8. Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the new trim molding -1- into the door trim panel.
– Press the lock washers -2- all the way onto the pins -3- of the
trim molding.
– Press the remaining lock washers near the interior door mech‐
anism onto the trim molding pins as described.
– Cut back the trim molding pins -3- above the lock washers
-2- so that the projecting end is a maximum of 2 mm.
– Install the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- with the
Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Component Location Overview -
Controls in Front Doors .
– Install the front door trim panel. Refer to
194 .

2 Rear Door Trim Panels

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Door Trim Panel”, page 202
⇒ “2.2 Rear Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 203
⇒ “2.3 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing and Installing”,
page 206
⇒ “2.4 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”, page 207
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
2.1 Overview -y VRearwa Door Trim Panel
oes d
olks not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
The overview illustration shows the driver side rear door trim panel The illustration for the front passenger side
an
itte
y li
is identical.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Door Trim Panel
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “2.2 Rear Door Trim
Panel, Removing and
rrectness of i
2 - Driver Side Rear Power
l purpos
Window Button - E711-

❑ Only on vehicles with a
nf
ercia
power window regulator

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls;

iva
o
r
Component Location
rp
cu
o
Overview - Controls in
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Rear Doors .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
3 - Screw
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
❑ 4.5 Nm
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Window Crank
❑ Only on vehicles with a
manual window regula‐
tor
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 58 ;
Door Components; Win‐
dow Crank, Removing
and Installing .
5 - Grip Recess Upper Section
6 - Rear Reflector
Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps .
7 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 6

❑ Replace damaged or deformed clips
2.2 Rear Door Trim Panel, Removing and

Installing
Note
The removal and installation for the driver side rear door trim
panel is described. The removal and installation for the front pas‐
senger side is identical.

Removing
Vehicles without Power Window Regulator
– Remove the window crank. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 58 ; Door Components; Window Crank, Removing and
Installing .
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the handle molding upper section -1- withAthe. VoTrim
lkswagen AG
Removal Wedge - 3409- from the mounts inlkthe
wagen Gtrim
door pan‐ does
s not
el. d byV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

– Remove the rear reflector. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
rrectness of i
Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Component Location Overview - Rear

Door Lamps for the component location overview.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Door Trim Panels 203

– Turn/release the clip -1- 90° in direction of the -arrow- (1/4 of

a turn) using TORX® T30.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the clips -2- for the door trim panel -1- out of the
mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- . The clip -3- was al‐
ready released.

– Remove the door trim panel -1- vertically from the window
shaft strip.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, disconnect the
connectors from the door trim panel -1-.
– Disconnect the cable -1- from the interior door mechanism.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note y Volksw not
gu
d b ara
rise nte
Check all the fasteners forutdamage and replace if necessary.
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
following:
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Insert the clips into the rear door trim panel.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Caution
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Before installing the door trim panel, make sure that the locking
mechanism of all clip connections are in -position 1-.
rrectness of i
It is not possible to install the door trim panel correctly if the
clips are in the -2 position-.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Door Trim Panel”, page 202
2.3 Interior Door Mechanism, Removing

rrectness of i
and Installing
l purpos
The interior door mechanism is clipped into the trim molding for
the door trim panel.
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
Note
on in
r
te o
thi
The removal and installation of the driver side trim molding is de‐
s
iva
do
scribed. The removal and installation for the front passenger side
r
rp
cum
fo
is identical.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “2.2 Rear Door Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page
AG.
203 .
– Remove the trim molding. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”, page 207 .

– Carefully unclip the interior door mechanism all the way

around from the retainers in the trim molding.
Installing
2.4 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing
Note
The removal and installation of the driver side trim molding is de‐
scribed. The removal and installation for the front passenger side
is identical.
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to
203 .
– Drill out the attachment points -2- for the trim molding -1- from
the door trim panel using an appropriate drill until the trim
molding starts to loosen from the door trim panel.
Caution
The door trim panel must not be damaged by drilling.

swage es n
– Carefully loosen the attachment pointsb-2- y V one after the other
olk ot g
ua
and remove the trim molding -1- from ir se the door trim panel.
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Installing spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Lock washers near the trim strip: 17 mm × 7.5 mm, quantity: 7.
Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
rrectness of i
Lock washers near the interior door mechanism: 13.4 mm × 6 mm,

quantity: 6. Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
l purpos
– Insert the new trim molding -1- into the door trim panel.
nform
ercia
– Press the lock washers -2- all the way onto the pins -3- of the
trim molding.
m
a
com
tio
– Press the remaining lock washers near the interior door mech‐
n in
r
anism onto the trim molding pins as described.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Cut back the trim molding pins -3- above the lock washers
r
rp
cum
-2- so that the projecting end is a maximum of 2 mm.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Install the rear door trim panel. Refer to Cop py
. rig
t
gh ht
yri by
203 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
gGolf
ua 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ol not
V
d by
rise ran
Body
tee Interior - Edition 09.2015
tho or
au a
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Instrument Panel
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Instrument Panel”, page 210
page 211
⇒ “3.3 Instrument Panel Decorative Trim, Removing and Instal‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ling”, page 211 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
se nte
⇒ “3.4 Light Switch Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 212 thori
eo
au ra
⇒ “3.5 Instrument Cluster Trim, Removing and Installing”, ss c
ce
e
page 212
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “3.6 Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 213
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”,
ot p
wit
page 220 , is n
h re
hole
⇒ “3.8 Side Defroster Vent, Removing and Installing”, page 223
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.9 Front Passenger Side Impact Absorber, Removing and In‐
t to the co
3.1 Overview - Instrument Panel
rrectness of i
l purpos
1 - Side Defroster Vent

❑ Left and right
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
ling. Refer to
om
n in
⇒ “3.8 Side Defroster
or c
thi
Vent, Removing and In‐
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
2 - Rubber Buffer
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Quantity: 2 Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ Pushed on the instru‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ment panel mount under
c by lksw
cted agen
the windshield frame Prote AG.
3 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Sunlight Photo Sensor -
G107-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
Ventilation, and Air Con‐
ditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ;
Additional Components
for Control and Regula‐
tion; Sunlight Photo
Sensor G107, Remov‐
ing and Installing .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Instrument Panel,
ling”, page 213 .
6 - Instrument Panel Decora‐
tive Trim
Parts Catalog.

⇒ “3.3 Instrument Panel Decorative Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 211 .
7 - Center Vent with Front Information Display Control Head - J685- Trim
Note
Always remove the Front Informa‐

tion Display Control Head - J685-
trim together with the center vent.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”, page 220 .
8 - Instrument Cluster Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Instrument Cluster Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 212 .
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
s no wage e
9 - Rotary Light Switch - EX1- Vol
ks t gu
d by ar
❑ Removing and installing. Referorito ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 a;ntControls;
se
ee Rotary Light Switch
EX1, Removing and Installing
au .
th or
a
ss c
10 - Light Switch Trim
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Light Switch Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 212 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
11 - Side Instrument Panel Vent
ility
ot p
❑ Left and right
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”, page 220 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.2 Instrument Panel Side Cover, Removing
and Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
Removal and installation are described for the driver side instru‐
m
at
ment panel side cover. The removal and installation for the front
om
passenger side is identical. ion

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
Removing
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
– Pry off the instrument panel side cover -1- using the Trim Re‐
co lksw
by
cted agen
moval Wedge - 3409- . Prote AG.
– Remove the cover rearward from the A-pillar gap cover.

Installing
Note
3.3 Instrument Panel Decorative Trim, Re‐

3. Instrument Panel 211

Removing
– First loosen the trim molding -1- from the retainers using the
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- in direction of -arrows A-.
– Then slide the trim molding -1- outward in direction of
-arrow B- and remove it.
Installing
Note
3.4 Light Switch Trim, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Remove the Rotary Light Switch - EX1- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component Location
Overview - Instrument Panel Controls .
– Remove the light switch trim -1- from the instrument panel to‐
ward the rear.
– If installed, release and disconnect the connector fromAGthe
. Volkswagen AG
Headlamp Range Control Adjuster - E102- . lkswagen does
n o ot g
yV ua
Installing db ran
ir se tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Instrument Panel”, page 210

t to the co
3.5 Instrument Cluster Trim, Removing and

rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
Removing
at
om
ion
c
in t
– Remove the side instrument panel vent on the driver side. Re‐
or
his
e
fer to
at
do
riv
⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”, page

p
cum
or
220 .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Loosen the center vent, but do not completely remove it. Refer . Cop py
to
t rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”, page cop Vo
by lksw
220 . cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV ara Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
b gu
ed
e o Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
ris nte
ho
aut ra
ss c
– Loosen the gap cover near the instrument cluster trim, but do
ce
e
nl
not completely remove it. Refer to
pt
du
an
⇒ “1.10 Instrument Cluster Gap Cover, Removing and Instal‐
itte
y li
ling”, page 30 . erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Unclip the instrument cluster trim -1- from the instrument panel
wit
, is n
using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the instrument cluster trim -1- from the instrument
es, in part or in w
cluster -2-.
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
3.6 Instrument Panel, Removing and Instal‐
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
ling
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783- Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the center console. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Center Console, Removing and Installing”, page 59 .
– Move the front seats all the way back.
– Disconnect the battery ground cable. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Disconnecting and
Connecting .
– Remove the driver side airbag. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, page
132 .
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel; Steering Wheel, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the steering column switch. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module;
Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the light switch trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Light Switch Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 212 .
– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer
to
⇒ “1.9 Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
page 36 .
– Remove the center vent. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing”, page
220 .
– Remove the instrument cluster. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 90 ; Instrument Cluster; Instrument Cluster -
KX2- , Removing and Installing .

– Remove the Front Information Display Control Head - J685- .

Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Infotainment Sys‐
tem; Infotainment System Display, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the left and right triangular window trim panel. Refer
to
⇒ “5.12 A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 252 .
– If equipped, remove the Sunlight Photo Sensor - G107- . Refer
to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ;
Additional Components for Control and Regulation; Sunlight
Photo Sensor G107, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Front Passenger Airbag Unit with Igniter, Removing and
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the screw -2- for securing the instrument panel -1-
from the central tube on the front passenger side.
– Remove the screws -3- for securing the instrument panel -1-
from the central tube in the center.
– Remove the screws -4 and 5- for securing the instrument panel
-1- from the central tube on the right side.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the screws -2 through 4- for securing the instrument

rrectness of i
panel -1- from the central tube on the left side.

l purpos
– Remove the screw -5- for securing the instrument panel -1-
from the central tube on the driver side.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the instrument panel -1- until the left and right guide tabs
-arrow B- are free.
– At the same time, remove the instrument panel -1- from the
mounts -2- in the windshield transition area -arrow A-.
Note
A second technician is needed to remove the instrument panel.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the instrument panel -1- from the instrument panel

central tube -2-.
rrectness of i
– Disconnect the connector and free up the wiring harness from

l purpos
the instrument panel.

– Carefully remove the instrument panel from the vehicle interior
nform
ercia
and lay it on a soft surface.

m
at
Installing
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
Note
do
priv
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
♦ Follow the bolt sequence for securing the instrument panel in
rig
gh ht
yri by
the reverse order. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
following:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure that the mounts -1- are secured inside the body
-2- before installing the instrument panel.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position the instrument panel -1- precisely on the instrument

panel central tube -2- with the help of a second technician.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
– Slide the instrument panel -1- into the mounts -2- in the wind‐
c
in t
or
shield transition area -arrow A-.

his
ate
do
riv
– Insert the left and right guide tabs into the guide holes
p
cum
or
-arrow B-.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Tightening Specifications C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Instrument Panel”, page 210 copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and
AG.
Installing

Removing
Side Instrument Panel Vent
Note
The removal and installation for the side instrument panel vent on
the driver side is described. The removal and installation for the
front passenger side is identical.
– Completely open the side instrument panel vent -1- using the
thumbwheel.
– Carefully guide the Backrest Panel Tool - 3370- -2- into the
center of the second slat from above and hook it in to the rear
of the vent -1-.
Note
The insertion depth of the Backrest Panel Tool - 3370- is 115 mm.
– Pull the side instrument panel vent out of the instrument panel
installation opening with a firm jerk.
Center Vent with Front Information Display Control Head - J685-
trim
Note
The center vent is removed together with the Front Information

Display Control Head - J685- trim.
Caution
The Front Information Display ControlaHead

gen AG- J685- trim
. Volkswagen Acannot
G do
be removed as an individual part without being destroyed. s not gu
lksw e
o
yV b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au
• Center vent is completely
ss open at both thumbwheels. ac
ce
e
nl
• The vertical slats of the center vent are positioned in the di‐
pt
du
an
rection of travel.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the display and control head trim. Refer to

ility
ot p
⇒ “3.5 Display and Control Unit Trim, Removing and Instal‐

wit
, is n
ling”, page 56 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Grab the Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp -

t to the co
K145- -1- at the side -arrows A- and pull it out of the instrument
panel.
rrectness of i
– Disconnect the connectors.

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
221
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 3. Instrument Panel
– Carefully guide a Backrest Panel Tool - 3370- in both the right

and left center vent -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Hook both Backrest Panel Tools - 3370- into the top end of the
corresponding fresh air duct.
Note
The insertion depth of the Backrest Panel Tool - 3370- is approximately 110 mm.

– Remove the center vent -1- including the installed trim -2- from
the instrument panel installation opening at the same time by
firmly tugging on the two Backrest Panel Tools - 3370- .
– Carefully unclip the trim -2- from the mounts in the instrument
panel -arrows- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
Installing
Note
3.8 Side Defroster Vent, Removing and In‐

stalling
Note
The removal and installation for the side defroster vent on the
driver side is described. The removal and installation for the front
passenger side is identical. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- au ra
c
ss
ce
e
Removing
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Pry the defroster vent -1- upward out of the instrument panel
y li
erm
ab
installation opening using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
ility
ot p
and remove it.
wit
, is n
h re
Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
3.9 Front Passenger Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant g2015n AG.➤
Volkswagen AG
wa e does
Body Interior - Edition
yV
o09.2015
lks not
g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
page 36 .
– Remove the spreader plug -2-.
– Pull the front passenger side impact absorber -1- out of the
instrument panel in direction of -arrow- and remove it.
Installing

4 Instrument Panel Central Tube

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Instrument Panel Central Tube”, page 225
⇒ “4.2 Overview - Driver Side Impact Absorber”, page 227
⇒ “4.3 Crash Bolster, Removing and Installing”, page 228
⇒ “4.4 Instrument Panel Central Tube, Removing and Installing”,
page 229
⇒ “4.5 Driver Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing”,
page 232 wage
es ks not
Vol gu
4.1 Overview - Instrument Panel Central Tube
ris
ed by ara
nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
Note
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
It may be helpful to make drawings or take photos of any wires that are going to be loosened, removed and
erm
ab
then installed. This assures the wires will be reconnected correctly.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1 - Bracket
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Welded to the body
2 - Threaded Pin
rrectness of i
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
l purpos
3 - Screw
nf
ercia
❑ 20 Nm orm
m
atio
4 - Central Tube
om
n in
c
❑ For the instrument panel

or
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
ling. Refer to
rp
cu
o
⇒ “4.4 Instrument Panel

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Central Tube, Remov‐
Co
op py
ing and Installing”, page t. C rig
gh ht
229 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Instrument Panel Central Tube 225

Caution
If the central tube is towabe gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
replaced with a new y Volkspart, not
gu
malfunctionsisedue
d b to faul‐ ara
nte
ty ground hor
connections eo
ut
cannotssbe ruled out.
a ra
c
The
♦ ground connections
ce
e
nl
must be free of paint,
pt
du
an
coating, and corrosion so
itte
y li
erm
that an error-free ground
ab
ility
connection is guaran‐
ot p
wit
teed.
, is n
h re
hole
Mounting
♦ threads and
spec
contact surfaces be‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tween the central tube
and securing brackets
must also be free of paint,
rrectness of i
coating, and corrosion.
The threaded connec‐
l purpos
tions serve as the ground

connection for the knee
airbag.
nf
ercia
orm
The
♦ contact surfaces for
m
atio
m
the left and right tunnel

o
n in
c
support must be free of

or
thi
paint on both sides.

te
sd
iva
These serve as the main

o
r
rp
cu
ground path.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
5 - Nut
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 20 Nm
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Quantity: 2
Prote AG.
Caution
There is a risk of mal‐
functions do to a faulty
ground connection.
The
♦ contact surface must
be free of paint, coating,
and corrosion, the threa‐
ded connection serves
as the ground connection
for the knee airbag.
6 - Screw
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ If one of the screws is overtightened when installing the heater and A/C unit, use the Screw - N.
911.981.01- as a replacement.
7 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Crash Bolster
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.3 Crash Bolster, Removing and Installing”, page 228 .

10 - Screw
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Driver side only
Caution
There is a risk of mal‐
functions do to a faulty
ground connection.
The
♦ counter threaded
and contact surface must
be free of paint, coating,
and corrosion, the threa‐
ded connection serves
as the ground connection
for the knee airbag.
4.2 Overview - Driver Side Impact Absorber
1 - Left Driver Side Impact Ab‐

sorber
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Driver Side Im‐
pact Absorber, Remov‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
ing and Installing”, page agen oes
olksw not
232 . d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
2 - Spreader Plug ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
❑ Replace damaged or s
ce
le
deformed spreader plug

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
3 - Screw
erm
ab
ility
❑ 4.5 Nm
ot p
wit
is n
❑ Quantity: 2
h re
ole,
❑ Also screws for Vehicle
spec
Electrical System Con‐
t to the co
trol Module - J519-
bracket
4 - Bracket
rrectne
❑ Removing
s
– Remove the right driver
s o
cial p
side impact absorber.

f in
Refer to
form
mer
⇒ “4.5 Driver Side Im‐

atio
m
pact Absorber, Remov‐

o
n
c
ing and Installing”, page

i
or
n thi
232 .
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– Remove the screws -5-.

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Disengage the bracket Cop py
ht. rig
on the central tube and py
rig by
ht
remove. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Installing
AG.
Install in reverse order of

removal.

5 - Screw
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Spreader Plug
❑ Replace damaged or deformed spreader plug.
7 - Right Driver Side Impact Absorber
⇒ “4.5 Driver Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing”, page 232 .
8 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
4.3 Crash Bolster, Removing and Installing

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
Removing
– If installed, remove the knee airbag with igniter. Refer to
⇒ “9.2 Knee Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”,
page 157 .
– Remove the driver side footwell vent. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air Routing;
Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Passenger Com‐
partment .
– Remove the Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- .
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Control Mod‐
ules; Component Location Overview - Control Modules .
– Remove the bolt -2-, disengage the crash bolster -1- and guide
it out.
Installing
AG. gen AG Volkswa
agen attention to the
Install in reverse order of removal whileolpaying does
ksw not
following: ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Engage the crash bolster -2- on the central tube -1- -arrow-
hole
spec
and fasten.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
228
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.70 - Interior Trim cted agen
Prote AG.
. Volkswage
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
4.4 Instrument Panel Central Tube, Remov‐ ise
db
yV gu
ara
nte
ing and Installing
r
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
It may be helpful to make drawings or take photos of any wires
that are going to be loosened, removed and then installed. This
assures the wires will be reconnected correctly.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
– Remove the left plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐
nf
ercia
terior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Overview - Plenum Chamber
or
Cover .
m
m
atio
m
– Remove the bolt -1- for the brace and central tube from the
o
n in
or c
plenum chamber bulkhead.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Remove the instrument panel. Refer to
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “3.6 Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing”,
o
m
f
en
ng
page 213 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– If installed, remove the knee airbag with igniter. Refer to
rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “9.2 Knee Airbag with Igniter, Removing and Installing”, cop Vo
by lksw
page 157 . cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the driver side footwell vent. Refer to ⇒ Heating,

Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air Routing;
partment .
– Remove the driver side impact absorber, if installed. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Driver Side Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing”,
page 232 .

– Disengage the bracket -3- for the control module, and the relay
and fuse carrier on the instrument panel central tube.
– Unbolt steering column from the instrument panel central tube
and lay it on the floor of the vehicle. Refer to ⇒ Suspension,
Wheels Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Column; Steering
Column, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the crash bolster. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Crash Bolster, Removing and Installing”, page 228 .
– If equipped, remove the Access/Start System Interface -
J965- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ;
Component Location Overview - Control Modules .

– Release the expanding rivet -1- and remove it upward.

– Remove the intermediate piece for the defroster air vent -3-
from the instrument panel central tube.
– Unclip and remove the intermediate piece for the center vent
-2- from the heater and A/C unit.
– Remove the nut -1- from the central tube ground connection
-2- and free up the wires. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– Remove the footwell vent on the front passenger yV
olk side. Refer ot g
ua
edb
to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; ran
ris tee
Air Routing; Overview - Air Routing andtho Air Distribution in Pas‐ or
au
senger Compartment . ss
ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the A/C unit bolts -arrows-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Push the carpet near the threaded connection to the side and
t.
yi Co
op
remove the left and right bolt -2- for the instrument panel cen‐ C py
t. rig
tral tube support.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Mark height and side position on instrument panel central tube for
reinstallation.

ag en AG. Body
VolkswInterior
agen AG - Edition 09.2015
does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris
Note au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
Mark the height and side position of the central tube in the vehicle
nl
pt
du
around the left and right nut -1- as well as the bolt -2- with a scrib‐
an
itte
y li
er.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove the bolt -1- from the instrument panel central tube.
, is n
h re
hole
– Remove the nut -2- for the instrument panel central tube from
spec
the left and right A-pillar.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip, disengage and free up the wires from the instrument
panel central tube.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the wiring harness bracket -2- from the instrument

panel central tube -1-.
– Loosen the instrument panel central tube -1- and pull it slightly
to the rear.
– Carefully lift the instrument panel central tube -1- out of the
vehicle with the help of a second technician. Pay attention to
the wiring harnesses.

Installing wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Note utho
or
a ac
ss
♦ Before installing the instrument panel central tube, line it up
ce
e
nl
pt
du
with the markings made before it was removed.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention to the , is n
h re
hole
following:
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
If the central tube is to be replaced with a new part, malfunc‐
rrectness of i
tions due to faulty ground connections cannot be ruled out.
l purpos
♦ The ground connections must be free of paint, coating,

and corrosion so that an error-free ground connection is
nf
ercia
guaranteed.
orm
m
♦ Mounting threads and contact surfaces between the cen‐
atio
om
tral tube and securing brackets must also be free of paint,
n in
or c
coating, and corrosion. The threaded connections serve
thi
te
as the ground connection for the knee airbag.
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ The contact surfaces for the left and right tunnel support
o
m
f
en
ng
must be free of paint on both sides. These serve as the

t.
yi Co
op
main ground path. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
Nut to central tube ground con‐ 9 Nm
nection
4.5 Driver Side Impact Absorber, Removing

and Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Remove theriinstrument
sed
panel. Refer to nte
⇒ “3.6 Instrument
aut
ho
Panel, Removing and Installing”, eo
ra
page 213s .
s c
ce
e
nl
Left Driver Side Impact Absorber
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the left driver side impact absorber -1- from the cen‐
hole
spec
tral tube.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Right Driver Side Impact Absorber
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
– Remove the right driver side impact absorber -1- from the
om
ion
central tube.
c
in t
or
his
te
Installing
a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Tightening Specifications Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Refer to p by
o Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “4.2 Overview - Driver Side Impact Absorber”, page 227 Prote
cted AG.
agen

5 Passenger Compartment Trim

⇒ “5.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim Pan‐
el”, page 234
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip”, page 238
⇒ “5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 239
⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 240
⇒ “5.5 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 242
⇒ “5.6 Overview - D-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 244
⇒ “5.7 Overview - Side Trim Panel”, page 246
⇒ “5.8 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel”, page 246
⇒ “5.9 Overview - Foot Rest and Carpet”, page 249
⇒ “5.10 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 249
⇒ “5.11 A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 251
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
olks
wag does
not
page 252 ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
⇒ “5.13 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing andau
thoInstalling”, eo
ra
page 256 ss c
ce
le
un
⇒ “5.14 C-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
pt
an
d
itte
page 261
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
page 264
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “5.16 Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 265
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 267
⇒ “5.18 Foot Rest, Removing and Installing”, page 271
⇒ “5.19 Carpet, Removing and Installing”, page 272 rrectness of i
l purpos
5.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle

Interior Trim Panel
nform
mercia
⇒ “5.1.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim

com
tio
Panel, 2-Door Sedan”, page 234

n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “5.1.2 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim

s
iva
do
Panel, 4-Door Sedan”, page 236

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
⇒ “5.1.3 Component Location Overview - Passenger Compart‐

n
t.
yi Co
ment Trim, Wagon”, page 237 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
5.1.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim Panel, 2-Door Sedan
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Rear Shelf
❑ Clipped in the mounts
for the rear shelf com‐
partment
2 - C-Pillar Trim Panel
⇒ “5.5 Overview - C-Pil‐
lar Trim Panel”,
page 242 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.14 C-Pillar Trim
Panel, Removing and agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Installing”, page 261 . olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
3 - Side Trim Panel horis
eo
ut ra
❑ Overview. Refer to ss a c
⇒ “5.7 Overview - Side
ce
e
nl
pt
Trim Panel”, page 246 .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “5.16 Side Trim Panel,
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling”, page 265 .
spec
es, in part or in w
4 - B-Pillar Trim Panel
t to the co
⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pil‐
rrectness of i
lar Trim Panel”,
page 240 .
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “5.13.1 B-Pillar Trim
or
Panel, Removing and
m
m
atio
Installing, 2-Door Se‐
om
n in
dan”, page 256 .
or c
thi
te
5 - Sill Panel Strip
sd
iva
o
r
rp
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip”, page 238 . cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “5.10.1 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 2-Door Sedan”, page 249 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
6 - A-Pillar Upper Trim Panel
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 239 . Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.12 A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 252 .
7 - A-Pillar Gap Cover
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 239 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.11 A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 251 .
8 - A-Pillar Lower Trim Panel
5. Passenger Compartment Trim 235

5.1.2 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim Panel, 4-Door Sedan
1 - Rear Shelf
❑ Clipped in the mounts
for the rear shelf com‐
partment
⇒ “5.5 Overview - C-Pil‐
lar Trim Panel”,
page 242 .
ling. Refer to
Panel, Removing and
3 - Wheel Housing Trim Panel
❑ Overview. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “5.8 Overview - Wheel olksw not
yV gu
Housing Trim Panel”, ised b ara
nte
page 246 . ut
hor eo
a ra
❑ Removing and instal‐ s s c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “5.17 Wheel Housing
an
itte
y li
Trim Panel, Removing
erm
ab
and Installing”,
ility
ot p
page 267 .
wit
, is n
h re
4 - B-Pillar Lower Trim Panel
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pil‐
lar Trim Panel”,
page 240 . rrectness of i

ling. Refer to
l purpos
⇒ “5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim

Panel, Removing and
nform
ercia
and Wagon”,
m
at
page 258 .
om
ion
c
in t
5 - B-Pillar Upper Trim Panel

or
his
ate
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 240 .

do
priv
cum

for
en
g
⇒ “5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 258 .
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip”, page 238 .
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
⇒ “5.10.2 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 250 .

5.1.3 Component Location Overview - Passenger Compartment Trim, Wagon
1 - D-Pillar Trim Panel

⇒ “5.6 Overview - D-Pil‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
lar Trim Panel”, olks es n
ot g
yV
page 244 . d b ua
ran
ir se tee
❑ Removing and ainstal‐
utho
or
ac
ling. Refer to ss
⇒ “5.15 D-Pillar Trim
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Panel, Removing and
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “5.5.2 Overview - C-
spec
Pillar Trim Panel, Wag‐
es, in part or in w
on”, page 244 .
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “5.14.2 C-Pillar-Trim
Panel, Removing and
l purpos
Installing, Wagon”,
page 262 .
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pil‐ n in

or c
lar Trim Panel”,

thi
te
sd
page 240 .
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
ling. Refer to
t.
yi Co
⇒ “5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim Cop py
. rig
Panel, Removing and
t
gh ht
yri by
Installing, 4-Door Sedan cop Vo
by lksw
and Wagon”,
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 258 .
⇒ “5.3 Overview - A-Pil‐
lar Trim Panel”, page 239 .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip”, page 238 .
⇒ “5.10.2 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 250 .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 240 .

⇒ “5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon”, page 258 .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “5.8.2 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Wagon”, page 247 .
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 269 .
5.2 Overview - Sill Panel Strip
Note
The illustration shows the sill panel strip on the left side. The right side is similar.
I: Sill Panel Strip, 4-Door

II: Sill Panel Strip, 2-Door

ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.10 Sill Panel Strip,
ling”, page 249 .
2 - Clip
❑ Insert in the sill panel
strip
❑ Remove the clips that
are still in the mounting
points on the body using
the Omega Clip Tool -
T40280-
❑ Replace damaged or lkswage es n
o ot g
deformed retaining clips d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
o
3 - Bracket auth or
ac
❑ Install inside the body ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4 - Expanding Clip an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
238
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.70 - Interior Trim
n AG. Volkswagen AG do Body Interior
- Edition 09.2015
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV uara
ed
5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel tho
ris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
The illustrations show the A-pillar trim panels on the left side. The right side is similar.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Upper A-Pillar Trim Panel and Triangular Window Trim Panel
ole,
spec
t to the co
1 - Triangular Window Trim
Panel
rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.12 A-Pillar Trim
s
Panel, Removing and
s o
cial p
f inform
2 - Clips
mer
atio
❑ With hooks
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
T40280-
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Always replace the clips cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
3 - Clip
AG.

T40280-
deformed retaining clips
ling. Refer to
Panel, Removing and
5 - Clip
❑ Remove and install to‐
gether with the triangu‐
lar window trim panel
❑ Replace damaged or deformed clip
Lower A-Pillar Trim Panel and Gap Cover


ling. Refer to
Panel, Removing and
2 - Expanding Clip
3 - Spreader Plug
❑ Removing and instal‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ling. Refer to olksw not
yV gu
⇒ “5.11 A-Pillar Gap ised b ara
nte
Cover, Removing and ut
hor eo
Installing”, page 251 . ss a ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The illustrations show the B-pillar trim panels on the left side. The right side is similar.

B-Pillar Upper Trim Panel

I: Upper B-Pillar Trim Panel, 4-Door
II: Upper B-Pillar Trim Panel, 2-Door

ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.13 B-Pillar Trim
Panel, Removing and
2 - Clip
❑ Insert into the upper B-
pillar trim panel
3 - Screw
❑ 1.8 Nm
4 - Cap
❑ With the “Airbag” sym‐
bol
5 - Clip
❑ Insert in the B-pillars
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
B-Pillar Lower Trim Panel

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.13 B-Pillar Trim
Panel, Removing and
2 - Interior Monitoring and Ve‐
hicle Inclination Deactivation
Button - E616-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
96 ; Anti-Theft Alarm
System; Overview - In‐
terior Monitoring .
3 - Clip
T40280-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
5.5 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel

rrectne
⇒ “5.5.1 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel, Sedan”, page 242

ss
⇒ “5.5.2 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel, Wagon”, page 244

o
cial p
f in
5.5.1 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel, Sedan

form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
The illustration shows the C-pillar trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by Golf
ara 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ise nte
r
ut
ho Body
eo
r a Interior - Edition 09.2015
s a c
s
I: C-Pillar Trim Panel, 2-Door
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
II: C-Pillar Trim Panel, 4-Door
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Panel, Removing and
rrectness of i
2 - Clip
l purpos

nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
T40280-
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Removing and instal‐ C py
t. rig
ling. Refer to
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
Panel, Removing and
agen
Prote AG.
4 - Clip
T40280-

. Volkswagen AG
Body Interior - Editionw gen AG
a09.2015 does
lks n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
5.5.2 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel, Wagon
tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The illustration shows the C-pillar trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.14.2 C-Pillar-Trim
Panel, Removing and
rrectness of i
l purpos
page 262 .
2 - Clip
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
T40280-
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
deformed retaining clips C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
3 - Clip
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ Insert in the C-pillar
agen
Prote AG.
❑ Always replace the clips
5.6 Overview - D-Pillar Trim Panel
Caution
This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer

to component overview prior to starting procedure.
Mandatory Replacement Parts

♦ Clips -3-

Note
The illustration shows the D-pillar trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
1 - D-Pillar Trim Panel

AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Removing and instal‐ agen oes
olksw not
ling. Refer to d by
V gu
ara
⇒ “5.15 D-Pillar Trim orise nte
eo
Panel, Removing and aut
h
ra
Installing”, page 264 . ss c
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Clip
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
T40280-
t to the co
rrectne
3 - Clip
❑ Insert in the D-pillar
ss o
❑ Always replace the clips
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.7 Overview - Side Trim Panel
Note
The illustration shows the side trim panel on the left side.
agen
The
AG. Vright
olkswaside
gen Ais
G dsimilar.
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
1 - Side Trim Panel utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
ling. Refer to
pt
du
an
⇒ “5.16 Side Trim Panel,
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ling”, page 265 .
ot p
wit
, is n
2 - Clip
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
deformed clips
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.8 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel

⇒ “5.8.1 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel, 4-Door Sedan”,
page 246
⇒ “5.8.2 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Wagon”,
page 247
5.8.1 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel, 4-Door Sedan
Note
The illustration shows the wheel housing trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.

I: Vehicles without Side Cushion

II: Vehicles with Side Cushion

ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 267 .
2 - Clip
T40280-
deformed retaining
agen
AGclips
. Volkswagen AG
do
w es n
olks ot g
3 - Nut db
yV ua
ran
ir se
❑ 3.5
ut
ho Nm
tee
or
sa ac
4 - Wheel
s Housing Trim Panel
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
ling. Refer to
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
is n
and Installing”,
h re
page 267 .
ole,
spec
5 - Clip
t to the co

rrectne

ss
T40280-
o
cial p
f in
form
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
5.8.2 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Wagon

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
The illustration shows the wheel housing trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Upper Half of Image: Vehicles without Side Padding

Lower Half of Image: Vehicles with Side Padding

ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Hous‐
ing Trim Panel, Remov‐
on”, page 269 .
2 - Clip
❑ Remove the clips that n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
are still in the mounting olks es n
ot g
yV
points on the body using d b ua
ran
ir se
the Omega Clip Tool - tho tee
or
T40280- ss
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3 - Nut
ility
ot p
❑ 3.5 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
4 - Clip
hole
spec
❑ For attaching the sill
es, in part or in w
t to the co
panel strip
❑ Insert into the wheel
housing trim panel
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
ling. Refer to
m
atio
m
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Hous‐

o
n in
c
ing Trim Panel, Remov‐

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
on”, page 269 .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
6 - Clip
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Insert in the trim panel C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Remove the clips that are still in the mounting points on the body using the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Replace damaged or deformed retaining clips
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Clip
❑ For attaching the sill panel strip
❑ Insert into the wheel housing trim panel

5.9 Overview - Foot Rest and Carpet
1 - Footrest
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.18 Foot Rest, Re‐
page 271 .
❑ Must engage complete‐
ly in the bracket
2 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Bracket
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.18 Foot Rest, Re‐
page 271 .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
4 - Carpet olks
wag does
not
yV gu
❑ One piece ise
d b ara
nte
or
❑ Removing and instal‐ au
th eo
ra
ling. Refer to ss c
⇒ “5.19 Carpet, Remov‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
272 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
5.10 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing

m
at
om
ion
c
⇒ “5.10.1 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 2-Door Se‐

in t
or
his
e
dan”, page 249

at
do
priv
⇒ “5.10.2 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Sedan

um
for
en
and Wagon”, page 250

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
5.10.1 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Instal‐
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
ling, 2-Door Sedan
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes the removing and installing on the left

side of the vehicle. Removing and installing on the right side is
identical.


Removing
page 382 .
– Loosen the sill panel -1- from the side sill and door seal mold‐
ing using the Wedge Set - T10383- in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the expanding clip -1-.

– Release the sill panel strip retaining tab -3- from the side trim
panel using the Wedge Set - T10383- in direction of
-arrow A-.
– Remove the sill panel strip -2- at the same time forward from
the side trim panel in direction of -arrow B-.
– Remove the sill panel strip.
Installing
Note

♦ Remove any remaining clips in the body mounting points using
the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the sill
panel strip.
♦ Make sure that the sill panel strip is inside the door seal mold‐
ing after installing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Install in reverse order oflkremoval.
swa
gen oes
not
o
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
5.10.2 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Instal‐
au
tho eo
ra
ling, 4-Door Sedan and Wagon
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Note
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n

h re

hole
spec
identical.
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

nform
ercia
page 382 .
m
a
com
– Remove the expanding clip -1-.

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
250
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the sill panel strip retaining tabs -2- from the lower B-
pillar trim panel -3- using the Wedge Set - T10383- in direction
of -arrow A-.
– Loosen the sill panel -1- from the side sill and door seal mold‐
ing using the Wedge Set - T10383- in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the sill panel strip -1- slightly forward at the same
time.
– Open the belt guide cover and guide the seat belt out.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Remove the sill panel strip. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
Installing orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Note
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the sill
h re
hole
panel strip.
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Make sure that the sill panel strip is inside the door seal mold‐
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
5.11 A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and In‐

stalling
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
identical.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove the instrument panel side cover. Refer to
page 211 .
– Unclip the A-pillar gap cover -1- from the A-pillar upper trim
panel and A-pillar lower trim panel -arrows-.
– Loosen and remove the A-pillar gap cover -1- from the door
seal molding.
Installing
Note
Make sure that the A-pillar gap cover is inside the door seal mold‐
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
5.12 A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removingy Voand
lksw In‐
a does
not
gu
stalling d b ara
ise nte
or h eo
ut ra
ss
a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Caution
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
♦ Clips (Upper Clips (Qty. 2))
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
A-Pillar Upper Trim Panel
Note

identical.
– Detach the A-pillar upper trim panel -1- from the door seal
molding.
– Starting at the top, carefully loosen the upper A-pillar trim pan‐
el -1- up to the first retainer using the Trim Removal Wedge -
3409- in direction of -arrows A and B-.
Caution
It is theoretically possible to damage the head curtain airbag

during the following steps. Therefore proceed with great care
when bending the hooks.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Slide a screwdriver between the d bbody
y V and the head curtain gu
ara
airbag near the upper two clips.
orise nte
eo
th
u ra
– Using the screwdriver, bend
ss a
the hooks of the upper two clips c
until it is possible to remove the clips.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Caution
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Always replace the upper two clips before installing.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Raise the upper A-pillar trim panel -1- upward out of the in‐
t to the co
strument panel in direction of -arrow C-.

– Disconnect the connector from the treble speaker and remove
rrectness of i
the upper A-pillar trim panel -1-.

l purpos
Triangular Window Trim Panel, Removing

nform
mercia
Note
at
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
te

a
do
riv
identical.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the upper A-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ page 253 . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the A-pillar gap cover. Refer to p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
page 251 .
AG.
– Loosen the triangular window trim panel -2- with the clip -1- in
direction of the -arrow A- from the body mount.
– Remove the triangular window trim panel -2- with the clip -1-
upward from the instrument panel in direction of -arrow B-.

Lower A-Pillar Trim Panel on the Driver Side, Removing

– Detach the sill panel from the body in the transition area to the
A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to
– Remove the A-pillar gap cover. Refer to
page 251 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Remove the hood release lever -3-. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; rig ht
py by
Rep. Gr. 55 ; Hood; Hood Release Lever, Removing and In‐ co Vo
by lksw
stalling .
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the clip -2-.

– Loosen the lower A-pillar trim panel -1- from the body in the
direction of the -arrow B-. Loosen the lower A-pillar trim panel
from the door seal molding.
– Remove the lower A-pillar trim panel -1- from the mount di‐
rection of -arrow A-.

Lower A-Pillar Trim Panel on the Front Passenger Side, Remov‐

ing
– Detach the sill panel from the body in the transition area to the
A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to
– Remove the A-pillar gap cover. Refer to
page 251 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Loosen the lower A-pillar trim panel -1- from the body in the
direction of the -arrow A-. Loosen the lower A-pillar trim panel
nf
ercia
from the door seal molding.

orm
m
atio
m
– Remove the lower A-pillar trim panel -1- from the A-pillar in the
o
n in
c
direction of the -arrow B-.

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the A-
pillar trim panels.
♦ Make sure that the A-pillar trim panels are inside the door seal
molding after installing.
5.13 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and In‐

stalling
Sedan”, page 256
Sedan and Wagon”, page 258
5.13.1 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and In‐

stalling, 2-Door Sedan
Note

identical.
Special tools and workshop equipment required AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
♦ Wedge Set - T10383- d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Removing s aut ra
c
s
– Remove the front belt end fitting. Refer to ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page an

itte
116 . y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Move seat belt height adjuster to the lowest position. wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Pry out the expanding cap -3- with the symbol “Airbag”
ss using
a screwdriver. ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
– Loosen the side trim panel in the transition area to the upper
ot p
B-pillar trim panel -1-. Refer to

wit
is n
h re

ole,
page 265 .
spec
t to the co
– Starting at the bottom, disengage the upper B-pillar trim panel

-1- at the door seal and loosen from the clips using the Wedge
Set - T10383- in direction of -arrows A-.
rrectne
– Remove the upper B-pillar trim panel -1- from the mount on
the body in direction of -arrow C- by moving the trim panel
s
inward and pulling it downward at the same time.

s o
cial p
f i
– Guide the seat belt webbing out through the slide for the seat
nform
belt height adjuster, and then remove the upper B-pillar trim
mer
atio
panel.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
257
Prote AG.
5. Passenger Compartment Trim
Installing
Note

♦ Make sure that the upper B-pillar trim panel is in the door seal

♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel”,
olks
wapage
ge 240 es n
ot g
yV ua
db
5.13.2 B-Pillar Trim Panel,thoRemoving and In‐
e ran
ris tee
or
stalling, 4-Door Sedan
ss
au
and Wagon ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
Upper B-Pillar Trim Panel
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
The following describes the removing and installing on the left side of the vehicle. Removing and installing on
l purpos
the right side is identical.
nf
ercia
orm
⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page
m
atio
m
116 .
o
n in
or c
thi
– Move seat belt height adjuster to the lowest position.

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Pry out the expanding cap -3- with the symbol “Airbag” using wit
, is n
a screwdriver. h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Starting at the bottom, disengage the upper B-pillar trim panel

-1- at the door seal in direction of -arrow A- by placing the
Wedge Set - T10383- on the front edge of the trim panel.
rrectness of i
– Unclip the upper B-pillar trim panel -1- from the lower B-pillar
l purpos
trim panel -4- in direction of -arrows B- by placing the Wedge

Set - T10383- on the lower edge of the trim panel.
nform
ercia
– Remove the upper B-pillar trim panel -1- from the mount on
the body in direction of -arrow C- by moving the trim panel
m
a
com
inward and pulling it downward at the same time.

ion in
r
te o
thi
– Guide the seat belt webbing with belt tongue out through the
s
iva
slide for the seat belt height adjuster, and then remove the
do
r
rp
upper B-pillar trim panel.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

B-Pillar Lower Trim Panel
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Loosen the sill panel strip -2- near the transition area to the
lower B-pillar trim panel -1-. Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Loosen the upper B-pillar trim panel in the transition area to

the lower B-pillar trim panel -1-. Refer to ⇒ page 258 .
nform
ercia
– Loosen the lower B-pillar trim panel -1- from the door seal
molding.
m
at
om
io
– Loosen the lower B-pillar trim panel -1- near the clips from the
n
c
in t
r
body mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- .

o
his
ate
do
riv
– If equipped, disconnect the connector from the Interior Moni‐

p
cum
or
toring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button - E616- and

f
en
g
remove the B-pillar lower trim panel -1-.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
260
AG.
Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . ToAinstall,
G. Volksinsert
wagen Ainto the B-
pillar trim panels. lksw
agen G do
es n
o Vo t gu
by
♦ Make sure that the B-pillar
ris
ed trim panels are inside the door sealran
a
t
ut
ho
ee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Overview - B-Pillar Trim Panel”, page 240
ot
wit
, is n
5.14 C-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
h re
hole
spec
stalling
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “5.14.1 C-Pillar-Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
page 261
rrectness of i
⇒ “5.14.2 C-Pillar-Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 262
l purpos
5.14.1 C-Pillar-Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
nform
ercia
stalling, Sedan
m
a
com
tion in
r
Note
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
identical. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

Removing
page 285 .
– Remove the roof end strip. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 299 .
– Unclip the C-pillar trim panel near the clips from the body
mounts using the Pry Lever - 80-200- in direction of
-arrows A-.
– Remove the C-pillar trim panel downward in direction of
-arrow B-.
Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the C-
pillar trim panel.
♦ Make sure that the C-pillar trim panel is inside the rear lid seal
molding after it is installed. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Install in reverse order of removal. ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
5.14.2 C-Pillar-Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
stalling, Wagon
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
identical.
Special tools and workshop equipment required rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

nform
ercia
Caution
m
a
com
ti

on in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Upper Clips -3- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

page 264 .
rrectness of i

l purpos
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Wagon”, page 269 .
nform
ercia
– Only loosen the luggage compartment side trim panel near the
m
C-pillar, D-pillar and rear side window (do not remove com‐
at
om
io
pletely).
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Unclip the C-pillar trim panel -1- near the clips -2- from the
at
do
riv
body mounts using the Pry Lever - 80-200- .

p
cum
for
en
– Unclip the C-pillar trim panel from the clips -3-.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the C-pillar trim panel downward in direction of t. C rig
gh ht
-arrow-. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
Note
Volkswagen AG
swa
gen AG
.
does
k not
Vol gu
♦ Remove any remaining clips in the body mounting points ise
d b -2-
y ara
nte
using the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, thinsert into
or eo
the C-pillar trim panel. ss
au ra
c
ce
le
♦ Make sure that the C-pillar trim panel is inside the door seal
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
5.15 D-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
hole
spec
stalling
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

identical.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
r
te o
thi
s
Removing
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Remove the roof end strip. Refer to
en
ng
t.
⇒ “7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 299 . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
– Loosen the D-pillar trim panel -1- near the clips -2- from the gh ht
yri by
body mounts using the Pry Lever - 80-200- . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the D-pillar trim panel -1- from the luggage compart‐
ment side trim panel.
– Unclip the D-pillar trim panel from the clips -3-.
– Pull the D-pillar trim panel -1- downward out of the headliner
in direction of -arrow- and remove it.
Installing
Note

♦ Remove any remaining clips in the body mounting points -2-
using the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into
the D-pillar trim panel.
♦ Make sure that the D-pillar trim panel is inside the rear lid seal
molding after it is installed.

5.16 Side Trim Panel, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Note

identical.

Removing
page 384 .
– Remove the sill panel. Refer to
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip the side trim panel -1- at the upper B-pillar trim panel
and C-pillar trim panel -2-.
– Starting at the front, loosen the side trim panel -1- near the
clips from the body mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- in
direction of -arrows-.
– If equipped, disconnect the connector from the Interior Moni‐
toring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button - E616- and
remove the side trim panel -1-.
Installing
Note

♦ Make sure that the side trim panel is inside the door seal

following:
– Insert the clips into the side trim panel.
Caution
Before installing the side trim panel, make sure the locking
mechanisms on all clip connections are in the -1 position-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
It is not possible to install
olkthe
swa side trim panel correctly
g does
not if the
clips are in the -2 position-!
ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.17 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “5.17.1 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Installing,
Sedan”, page 267
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Installing,
Wagon”, page 269
5.17.1 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing

and Installing, Sedan
Note

identical.


Removing
Vehicles with Side Cushion
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Vehicles without Side Cushion

page 382 .
– Loosen the sill panel strip from the body and wheel housing
trim panel in the transition area to the wheel housing trim pan‐
el. Refer to
– Loosen the wheel housing trim panel -1- from the C-pillar trim
panel using the Wedge Set - T10383- .

– Loosen the wheel housing trim panel -1- near the clips from
the body mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- .
Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert
n Ainto
G. Vthe wheel
olkswagen AG
housing trim panel. o lks wage does
not
V gu
by ara
♦ Make sure that the wheel housingristrim
ed panel is inside the door nte
seal molding after installing. autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Refer to
wit
is n
⇒ “5.8 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel”, page 246
h re
ole,
spec
5.17.2 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing
and Installing, Wagon
t to the co
rrectne
Note
s
s o
cial p
f in
identical.
form
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
Removing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the side cushion. Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 a➤
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
ksw
by Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

page 382 .
– Loosen the sill panel strip from the body and wheel housing
trim panel in the transition area to the wheel housing trim pan‐
el. Refer to
– Loosen the wheel housing trim panel -1- from the C-pillar trim
panel -4- using the Wedge Set - T10383- .
– Loosen the wheel housing trim panel -1- near the clips -3- from
the body mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- .

Installing
Note

♦ Remove any remaining clips -3- in the body mounting points
the wheel housing trim panel.
♦ Make sure that the wheel housing trim panel is inside the door
seal molding after installing.

♦ Refer to n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “5.8 Overview - Wheel Housing Trim Panel”,
olks
wagepage 246 es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
5.18 Foot Rest, Removing and Installing tho
rise nte
eo
au ra
ss required c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the lower A-pillar trim panel on the driver side. Refer
hole
spec
to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 252 .
– Release the retainers -1-, unclip the foot rest -2- using the Trim
rrectness of i
Removal Wedge - 3409- in direction of -arrows- and remove.
l purpos
– Push aside the carpet in the area of the threaded connections

and remove the nuts -arrows-.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bracket -1- from the threaded bins and remove
under the carpet.
Installing
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Tightening Specifications y Volksw not
gu
d b ara
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.9 Overview - Foot Rest and Carpet”, page 249 rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
5.19 Carpet, Removing and Installing
spec
t to the co
Removing
– Remove the front seats. Refer to
rrectne
ss
page 382 .
o
cial p
f inform
– Remove the sill panels. Refer to
mer
atio
om
n
c
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
page 252 .
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the front belt end fittings. Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing”, page
Co
op py
116 .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the center console. Refer to
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “3.8 Center Console, Removing and Installing”, page 59 . Prote AG.
– Remove the foot rest. Refer to

⇒ “5.18 Foot Rest, Removing and Installing”, page 271 .
– If equipped, remove the rear air guide duct. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐
ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air Routing;
partment .

– Remove the floor mats -1 and 2-.

– Lift the rear carpet -3- and pull rearward.
Caution
Make sure the floor covering does not tear at the openings.
– Fold the carpet together and remove it through the front door.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Luggage Compartment Trim Panels

⇒ “6.1 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Trim Panels”, page 274
⇒ “6.2 Overview - Rear Shelf Compartment”, page 277
⇒ “6.3 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel”, page
278
⇒ “6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor”, page 280
⇒ “6.5 Overview - Upper Rear Lid Trim Panel”, page 282
⇒ “6.6 Overview - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel”, page 283
⇒ “6.7 Luggage Compartment Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 283
⇒ “6.8 Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 284
⇒ “6.9 Rear Shelf Compartment, Removing and Installing”, page
285
⇒ “6.10 Tie Down, Removing and Installing”, page 287
⇒ “6.11 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering Bracket,
agen Remov‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ing and Installing”, page 287 olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
⇒ “6.12 Luggage Compartment Side Trim
tho
risPanel, Removing and e or
Installing”, page 289 sa
u ac
s
ce
e
⇒ “6.13 Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,

nl
pt
du
page 293
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “6.14 Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
ility
ot p
page 295
wit
, is n
h re
6.1 Component Location Overview - Lug‐
hole
spec
gage Compartment Trim Panels
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “6.1.1 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Trim Panels, Sedan”, page 274
rrectness of i
⇒ “6.1.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment

l purpos
Trim Panels, Wagon”, page 276
6.1.1 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Trim Panels, Se‐

nf
ercia
dan
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel

⇒ “6.6 Overview - Rearlkswage es n
Lid Lower Trim d byPanel”,
Vo ot g
ua
page 283 .orise ran
tee
th or
❑ Removing au and instal‐ ac
ss
ling. Refer to
ce
le
⇒ “6.14 Rear Lid Lower

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
and Installing”,
erm
ab
ility
page 295 .
ot p
wit
is n
2 - Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ “6.5 Overview - Upper
t to the co
Rear Lid Trim Panel”,
page 282 .
rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.13 Rear Lid Upper
s
s o
cial p
and Installing”,
f in
page 293 .
form
mer
atio
3 - Rear Shelf Compartment
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ “6.2 Overview - Rear

t
sd
va
Shelf Compartment”,
i
o
pr
cum
page 277 .
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
ling. Refer to t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ “6.9 Rear Shelf Com‐ yri
p by
o Vo
partment, Removing
c by lksw
cted agen
and Installing”,
Prote AG.
page 285 .
4 - Luggage Compartment
Side Trim Panel
⇒ “6.3 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel”, page 278 .
⇒ “6.12.1 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 289 .
5 - Luggage Compartment Floor
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor”, page 280 .
6 - Lock Carrier Trim
⇒ “6.8 Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 284 .
7 - Luggage Compartment Floor Covering
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor”, page 280 .
6. Luggage Compartment Trim Panels 275

6.1.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Trim Panels, Wag‐

wage
on by
Volks es n
ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
1 - Rear Lid Lower Trimau
ss Panel
ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Lid Lower Trim Panel”,
erm
ab
page 283 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
and Installing”,
page 295 .
rrectness of i
2 - Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel
l purpos
⇒ “6.5 Overview - Upper

Rear Lid Trim Panel”,
nform
ercia
page 282 .
m
at
om
ling. Refer to
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv
and Installing”,
p
cum
page 293 .
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
3 - Luggage Compartment Cop py
Cover
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
ling. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “6.7 Luggage Com‐
partment Cover, Re‐
page 283 .
Side Trim Panel
⇒ “6.3.2 Overview - Lug‐
gage Compartment
Side Trim Panel, Wag‐
on”, page 279 .
⇒ “6.12.2 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 291 .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “6.4.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Wagon”, page 281 .
6 - Rear Lid End Trim Panel
⇒ “6.8 Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 284 .
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “6.4.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Wagon”, page 281 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
d ara
orise nte Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
h eo
aut ra
s c
6.2 s
Overview - Rear Shelf Compartment
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
The illustration shows the rear shelf compartment on the left side. The right side is similar.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Rear Shelf Compartment
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “6.9 Rear Shelf Com‐
l purpos
partment, Removing
and Installing”,
page 285 .
nform
ercia
2 - Spreader Plug
m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
deformed spreader plug
or
his
ate
do
riv
3 - Screw
p
cum
or
❑ 1.5 Nm
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4 - Clip C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Insert in the rear shelf yri
p by
o Vo
by c
compartment
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
T40280-
5 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm

6.3 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side

Trim Panel
⇒ “6.3.1 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Se‐
dan”, page 278
⇒ “6.3.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel,
Wagon”, page 279
6.3.1 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Sedan
Note
The illustration shows the luggage compartment side trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
1 - Luggage Compartment ised b ara
nte
Side Trim Panel hor eo
aut ra
❑ Removing and instal‐ ss c
ling. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “6.12.1 Luggage
an
d
itte
y li
Compartment Side Trim
rm
ab
Panel, Removing and
pe
ility
Installing, Sedan”,
ot
wit
, is n
page 289 .
h re
hole
spec
2 - Tie Down
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.10 Tie Down, Re‐
rrectness of i
page 287 .
l purpos
3 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
nform
ercia
4 - Clip
m
a
com
ti
❑ Quantity: 3
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
deformed clips
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.3.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Wagon
Note
The illustration shows the luggage compartment side trim panel on the left side. The right side is similar.
Side Trim Panel
ling. Refer to
Compartment Side Trim
Panel, Removing and
page 291 .
2 - Clip
deformed clip
3 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Screw
❑ 7 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
5 - Actuator for Backrest Re‐ d by ara
ise nte
mote Release thor eo
u ra
❑ Removing and instal‐ ss a c
ling. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “3.18 Actuator for
an
d
itte
Rear Seat Backrest Re‐
y li
rm
ab
mote Release, Remov‐
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
394 .
h re
hole
spec
6 - Screw
es, in part or in w
❑ 7 Nm t to the co
7 - Tie Down
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
l purpos
⇒ “6.10 Tie Down, Re‐

page 287 .
nform
ercia
8 - Screw
m
a
com
ti
❑ 8 Nm
on in
r
te o
thi
9 - Clip
s
iva
do
❑ Insert in the luggage compartment side trim panel

r
rp
cum
fo
❑ Remove the clips that are still in the mounting points on the body using the Omega Clip Tool - T40280-
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Replace damaged or deformed retaining clips C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
10 - Bag Hooks
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ Clipped into the luggage compartment side trim panel -1- from the rear
agen
Prote AG.

6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor

⇒ “6.4.1 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Sedan”,
page 280
⇒ “6.4.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Wagon”, page
281
6.4.1 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Sedan
Floor
Parts Catalog.
❑ Remove from the vehi‐
cle toward the rear
2 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
Floor Covering Bracket
❑ Left and right
❑ For the luggage com‐
partment floor
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.11 Luggage Com‐
partment Floor Cover‐
ing Bracket, Removing
and Installing”,
page 287 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
4 - Luggage Compartment ksw
agen oes
not
Floor Covering y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
❑ Allocation. Refer to the thoris eo
Parts Catalog. au ra
c
ss
❑ Remove from the vehi‐
ce
le
un
pt
cle toward the rear

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.4.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Wagon

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1 - Center Luggage Compart‐
ed by
V gu
ara
ment Floor Trim horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Removing ss aand instal‐ ra
c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Compartment Floor
y li
erm
ab
Covering Bracket, Re‐
ility
ot p
moving and Installing,
wit
Wagon”, page 288 .
, is n
h re
hole
2 - Trim Carrier
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
Compartment Floor
rrectness of i
Covering Bracket, Re‐
l purpos

3 - Screw
nf
ercia
or
❑ 1.5 Nm
m
m
atio
m
❑ Quantity: 3
o
n in
or c
thi
4 - Support
te
sd
iva
o
❑ Removing:
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Release the mount on

t.
yi Co
op
the left and right side on C py
t. rig
the luggage compart‐
gh ht
yri by
ment floor by it turning
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
90° and remove the lug‐
agen
Prote AG.
gage compartment floor
-10- toward the rear out
of the vehicle.
– Remove the luggage

compartment floor sup‐
port upward.
5 - Longitudinal Separating El‐

ement
❑ Removing:
– Release the mount on the left and right side on the luggage compartment floor by it turning 90° and
remove the luggage compartment floor -10- toward the rear out of the vehicle.
– Remove the longitudinal separating element upward.
6 - Transverse Separating Element

❑ Removing:
– Remove the longitudinal separating element -5-.
– Remove the transverse separating element upward.

❑ Remove from the vehicle toward the rear
8 - Luggage Compartment Floor Trim
❑ Left and right
⇒ “6.11.2 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering Bracket, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 288 .

9 - Installation Bracket
❑ Left and right
⇒ “6.11.2 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering Bracket, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 288 .
❑ Removing:
– Release the mount on the left and right side by it turning 90° and remove the luggage compartment floor
toward the rear out of the vehicle.
6.5 Overview - Upper Rear Lid Trim Panel
1 - Rear Lid with Mounted Low‐

er Trim Panel
❑ Overview - rear lid lower
trim panel. Refer to
Lid Lower Trim Panel”,
page 283 .
❑ Rear lid lower trim pan‐
el, removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “6.14 Rear Lid Lower olksw not
V gu
by
Trim Panel, Removing rised ara
nte
and Installing”, ut
ho eo
ra
page 295 . ss a c
ce
e
nl
2 - Center Window Frame
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
and Installing”,
hole
spec
page 293 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Side Window Frame
❑ Left and right
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
l purpos

and Installing”,
nf
ercia
page 293 .
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.6 Overview - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel
1 - Rear Lid
2 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
3 - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 295 .
4 - Clip
❑ Insert in the trim panel AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Remove the clips that olksw not
yV gu
are still in the mounting ised b ara
nte
points on the body using ut
hor eo
the Omega Clip Tool - ss a ra
c
T40280-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
6.7 Luggage Compartment Cover, Remov‐

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
ing and Installing

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Completely open the luggage compartment cover -1-. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Fold the rear seat backrests forward.

– Push the luggage compartment cover -1- in direction of the
-arrow A-.
– Lift the luggage compartment cover -1- upward from the right
luggage compartment side trim panel at the same time in di‐
rection of -arrow B-.

– Pull the luggage compartment cover -1- out of the left luggage
compartment side trim panel and remove it.
Installing
6.8 Lock Carrier Trim Panel, Removing and

Installing
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Removing
Vehicles with Trailer Hitch, Sedan
– Remove the luggage compartment floor toward the rear.
– Release the clip -2- from the cable bracket -1-.
– Remove the cable bracket -1- upward from the cable -3-.
Vehicles with Trailer Hitch, Wagon

– Release the mount on the left and right side on the luggage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
compartment floor by it turning 90° and remove the luggage lksw
agen oes
not
compartment floor toward the rear out of the vehicle. by
Vo gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Release the clip -1- from the release cable lever -2- and moveut
hor eo
ra
it upward in direction of -arrow A-. ss a c
ce
le
– Remove the release cable lever -2- forward from the release
un
pt
an
d
cable -3- in direction of -arrow B-.

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Remove the rear lid seal -2- near the lock carrier trim panel
h re
-1-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
284
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Volkswa
– Loosen the lock carrier trim panel -1-
age near
n AG.
the gclips
en AG
from
does the
ksw
body mounts using the Pry by VLever - 80-200- -arrows-.
ol not
gu
a d ran
se
Vehicles with Trailer Hitch
tho
ri tee
or
au ac
– Disconnect the connector
ss from the Trailer Hitch -Locked- In‐
ce
le
dicator Lamp - K226- . un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel -1- upward.
wit
is n
h re
Installing
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the lock
ss
carrier trim panel.
o
cial p
f inform
♦ Make sure the lock carrier trim panel is inside the rear lid seal
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
6.9 Rear Shelf Compartment, Removing
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
and Installing
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.

identical.

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Removing
4-Door
page 267 .
2-Door
page 265 .
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to
page 284 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
– Loosen the rear shelf compartment -1- near the clips -4- from
om
n in
the body mounts using the Pry Lever - 80-200- .

or c
thi
te
– If equipped, disconnect the connectors and remove the rear

sd
iva
shelf compartment -1-.

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
Note
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the rear
shelf compartment.
♦ Make sure the rear shelf compartment is inside the rear lid seal

♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Overview - Rear Shelf Compartment”, page 277
6.10 Tie Down, Removing and Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
The following describes the
s aut removing and installing on the left ra
c
side of the vehicle. Removing
s and installing on the right side is
ce
le
identical.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Removing
spec
– Open the bracket -4- and open the cover -1- using a screw‐
t to the co
driver.
– Remove the bolt -3- and the tie-down -2-.
rrectne
Installing
s
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
♦ Refer to
atio
m
⇒ “6.3 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel”,

o
n
c
i
or
n
page 278
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
6.11 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Bracket, Removing and Installing Prote AG.
⇒ “6.11.1 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering Bracket, Re‐

moving and Installing, Sedan”, page 287
moving and Installing, Wagon”, page 288
6.11.1 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering

Bracket, Removing and Installing, Se‐
dan
Note

identical.

Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment floor toward the rear.

– Remove the luggage compartment floor covering bracket -1-.

Installing
♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.4 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor”, page 280
6.11.2 Luggage Compartment Floor Covering

Bracket, Removing and Installing, Wag‐
on
Removing
– Release the mount on the left and right side on the luggage
compartment floor by it turning 90° and remove the luggage
compartment floor toward the rear out of the vehicle.
– Remove the luggage compartment floor support upward
-item 4- ⇒ Item 4 (page 281) .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Pull the sidewall -3- upward out of the left and right luggage
olks
wag does
not
compartment side trim panels and remove it. ed
byV gu
ara
is nte
or
– Turn the installation bracket -1- on the left andauright
th side 90° eo
ra
counter-clockwise and remove upward. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the luggage compartment floor trim -2- on the left and
an
d
itte
right side upward.

y li
rm
ab
pe
– Unclip the center luggage compartment floor trim -1- upward ility
ot
from the carrier -3-. wit

, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the support -3- for the center luggage compartment

liner -1- toward the rear.
Installing
wage es n
Install in reverse
yV
olksorder of removal. ot g
ua
d b ran
e
Tightening
horis Specifications tee
ut or
a ac
♦ Refer
ss to
⇒ “6.4.2 Overview - Luggage Compartment Floor, Wagon”,
ce
le
un
pt
page 281
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
6.12 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Pan‐
spec
el, Removing and Installing
t to the co
⇒ “6.12.1 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing, Sedan”, page 289
rrectne
⇒ “6.12.2 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing, Wagon”, page 291
ss o
cial p
f
6.12.1 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Pan‐
inform
mer
el, Removing and Installing, Sedan atio

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
Note
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
identical.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Removing
page 384 .
page 285 .
– If equipped, remove the luggage compartment floor covering
bracket. Refer to
moving and Installing, Sedan”, page 287 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the tie-down -2-. Refer to h re

⇒ “6.10 Tie Down, Removing and Installing”, page 287 .
hole
spec
– Remove the clips -4-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disengage and remove the luggage compartment side trim

panel -1-.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Make sure the luggage compartment side trim panel fits inside
r
te o
thi
the rear lid seal molding after it is installed.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Tightening Specifications C py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ Refer to
py by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “6.3.1 Overview - Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Prote
cted AG.
agen
Sedan”, page 278

6.12.2 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Pan‐

el, Removing and Installing, Wagon
Note

identical.
wage es n
yV
olks
required ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ Torque Wrench 1783tho-r 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
is tee
u or
a ac
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove the luggage compartment cover. Refer to
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “6.7 Luggage Compartment Cover, Removing and Instal‐
ot p
wit
ling”, page 283 .
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
page 384 .
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
⇒ “5.17.2 Wheel Housing Trim Panel, Removing and Instal‐

atio
m
ling, Wagon”, page 269 .

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
iva

pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
page 264 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
page 284 .
agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the tie-down -7-. Refer to

⇒ “6.10 Tie Down, Removing and Installing”, page 287 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the clip -2-.

rrectness of i
– Fold up the coat hook -10- and remove the bolt -4-.
l purpos
– Pull and hold the operating lever for the backrest remote re‐
lease -5-.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
– Loosen the luggage compartment side trim panel -1- near the
r
te o
thi
clips -9- from the body mounts using the Pry Lever - 80-200- .
s
iva
do
r
Vehicles with Converter with Socket

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Loosen the leaf spring -2- from the cover -1-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Release the retaining tabs on the cover -1- for the socket with yri
gh by
ht
converter -3-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the socket with the converter -3- from the cover -1-.
– If equipped, disconnect the connectors and remove the lug‐
gage compartment side trim panel.
Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the lug‐
gage compartment side trim panel.
♦ Make sure the luggage compartment side trim panel fits inside
the rear lid seal molding after it is installed.

♦ Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
yV
olksw not
gu
Wagon”, page 279 ised b ara
n r tee
ho
aut or
ac
6.13 Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel, Removing ss
ce
e
nl
and Installing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Removing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Disengage the retaining cable for the rear shelf at the left and
es, in part or in w
right side window frames.
t to the co
– Loosen the center window frame -2- with the Wedge Set -
T10383- from the mounts in the rear lid and the side trim
rrectness of i
panels -3-.
l purpos
– Remove the center window frame -2-.

– Loosen the side window frame -3- with the Wedge Set -
nform
ercia
T10383- from the retainers in the rear lid and the lower trim
panel -1-.
m
a
com
tion in
– Remove the side window frame -3-.

r
te o
thi
Installing
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Remove any remaining clips in the rear lid mounting points
Prote AG.

the window frame.

6.14 Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel, Removing

and Installing
♦ Omega Clip Tool - T40280-
Removing
– Remove the rear lid upper trim panel. Refer to
⇒ “6.13 Rear Lid Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 293 .
– Remove the emergency triangle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip the side access covers in the trim panel -3-.
– Reach into the trim panel access openings with hands.
– Loosen the trim panel -3- with a »jerky pulling motion« from
the rear lid mounts -1-.
– Make sure that the entire number of clips -4- is in the trim panel
-3-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ ir se
d ran
tee
o
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
– Unclip any remaining clips in the rear lid using the Omega Clip
un
pt
an
Tool - T40280- .
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Insert the removed clips into the trim panel -3- again.
pe
ility
ot
wit
Installing
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.6 Overview - Rear Lid Lower Trim Panel”, page 283
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Roof Trim Panels

⇒ “7.1 Overview - Headliner”, page 297
⇒ “7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 299
⇒ “7.3 Headliner, Removing and Installing”, page 299
⇒ “7.4 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body”, page 303
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
7.1 Overview - Headliner d by Volksw not
gu
ara
rise nte
⇒ “7.1.1 Overview - Headliner, Sedan”, page u297
tho eo
ra
s a c
⇒ “7.1.2 Overview - Headliner, Wagon”, page 298 s
ce
le
un
pt
7.1.1 Overview - Headliner, Sedan
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
1 - Headliner
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Parts Catalog.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ For certain equipment
levels, it is necessary to
cut openings in the new
rrectness of i
headliner. Refer to
⇒ page 301
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “7.3.1 Headliner, Re‐

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Caution
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
The
♦ headliner bends
um
fo
en
g
easily.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Replace
♦ the headliner if it
t. rig
gh ht
yri
is bent.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 - Frame
❑ Only with a sunroof
3 - Roof Reinforcement
❑ Not with a sunroof
❑ Install on the body. Re‐
fer to
⇒ “7.4 Roof Reinforce‐
ment, Attaching to
Body”, page 303 .
fer to
ment, Attaching to
Body”, page 303 .
5 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 7
6 - Roof End Strip
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 299 .
7. Roof Trim Panels 297

7 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 15
❑ Insert in the headliner
❑ Remove any remaining clips in the frame
7.1.2 Overview - Headliner, Wagon agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
1 - Headliner ut
hor eo
a ra
❑ Allocation. Refer to the ss c
Parts Catalog.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ For certain equipment
itte
y li
levels, it is necessary to
erm
ab
ility
cut openings in the new
ot p
wit
headliner. Refer to
is n
h re
⇒ page 303
ole,
spec
ling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “7.3.2 Headliner, Re‐
rrectne
Caution
ss o
cial p
f
The
♦ headliner bends
inform
easily.
mer
atio
Replace
♦ the headliner if it
om
n
is bent.
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
2 - Frame
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Install on the body. Re‐ Prote AG.
fer to
ment, Attaching to
Body”, page 303 .
fer to
ment, Attaching to Body”, page 303 .
❑ Install on the body. Refer to ⇒ “7.4 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body”, page 303 .
6 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 9
7 - Roof End Strip
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 299 .

8 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 23
❑ Insert in the headliner
❑ Remove any remaining clips in the frame
7.2 Roof End Strip, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Loosen the roof end strip -1- near the clips from the body
mounts using the Wedge Set - T10383- .
– Remove the roof end strip -1- downward.
Installing
Note

the Omega Clip Tool - T40280- . To install, insert into the roof
end strip.
♦ Make sure the roof end strip is inside the rear lid seal molding
after it is installed.

wage
7.3 Headliner,byRemoving and Installing
ks s no e
Vol t gu
an d a r
e
ris
⇒ “7.3.1 Headliner, Removing
utho and Installing, Sedan”, page 299 tee o
a ra
ss Removing and Installing, Wagon”, c
⇒ “7.3.2 Headliner,
ce
le
page 301
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
7.3.1 Headliner, Removing and Installing, Se‐

rm
ab
pe
ility
dan
ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Removing
rrectness of i
Vehicles with Sunroof

l purpos
– Open the sunroof -1- all the way.

nform
ercia
– Open the sun shade -2- about 2/3.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
299
AG.
7. Roof Trim Panels
– Loosen the sunroof clamping strip -1- from the clips -2- using
the Wedge Set - T10383- and remove.
– Remove the A-pillar upper trim panels. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 251 . lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Remove the upper B-pillarris
ed trim panels. Refer to
b ran
tee
⇒ “5.13 B-Pillar Trim th Panel, Removing and Installing”,
o
or
page 256 . au ac
ss
ce
le
– Remove the C-pillar trim panels. Refer to

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
page 261 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ror. Refer to
h re
ole,
spec
page 68 .
t to the co
– Remove the sun visors. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Sun Visor, Removing and Installing”, page 47 .
rrectne
– Remove the center support for the sun visors. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Sun Visor Center Support, Removing and Installing”,
page 49 .
ss o
cial p
f
– Remove the headliner storage compartment. Refer to
inform
⇒ “1.19 Headliner Storage Compartment, Removing and In‐
mer
atio
om
n
c
– Only loosen the roof grab handles from the mounts in the roof i
or
n thi
grab handle bracket. Do not completely remove. Refer to

te
sd
va
⇒ “2.10 Roof Grab Handle, Removing and Installing”,

i
o
pr
page 50 .
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Disconnect the headliner wiring harness connector in the
Co
Cop py
headliner frame.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the front backrest to a 45° angle
Caution
♦ The headliner bends easily.

♦ Replace the headliner if it is bent.
Note

– Loosen the clips -2- in the headliner frame -1- from the body
mounts using the Release Pliers - VAS6427- .
– At the same time keep tension on the headliner -1- -arrows- to
prevent the already loosened clips -2- from re-engaging.
– Carefully remove the headliner -1- through the rear lid opening
with the help of a second technician.
Installing
Cutting Openings in the New Headliner
For vehicles with illuminated vanity mirrors and/or Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor - G397- , the appropriate openings must be cut
into a new headliner.
– With the help of the markings, cut out the necessary openings
in the new headliner using a carpet knife.
the following:
Note

♦ The yellow marking -arrow- on the clamping strip -1- must
point in the direction of travel.
♦ Always replace the clips -2- (quantity: 15) before assembling.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Secure the sunroof clamping ksstrip
wag -1- to the headliner clips
does
not
Vol
-2-. ed by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
7.3.2 Headliner, Removing and Installing,

t to the co
Wagon
rrectness of i
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Vehicles with Sunroof AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Open the sunroof all the way. d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Open the sun shade about 2/3. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
– Clean the Pry Lever - 80-200- to avoid to dirtying the headliner.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Using the Pry Lever - 80-200- , slide it along between the cover
itte
y li
erm
frame -2- and headliner -1- until one of the clips -3- is touched.
ab
ility
– Unclip the cover frame -2- all around near the clips -3- using ot p
wit
, is n
the Pry Lever - 80-200- -arrow-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip the upper A-pillar trim panels in the transition area to
the headliner. Refer to
rrectness of i
page 251 .
l purpos
– Remove the upper B-pillar trim panels. Refer to

⇒ “5.13 B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 256 .
nform
ercia
– Remove the C-pillar trim panels. Refer to

m
at
om
i
on
c
page 261 .
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
page 264 .
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
ror. Refer to py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
page 68 .
AG.
– Remove the sun visors. Refer to

⇒ “2.8 Sun Visor, Removing and Installing”, page 47 .
– Remove the sun visor center support. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Sun Visor Center Support, Removing and Installing”,
page 49 .
– Remove the headliner storage compartment. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Headliner Storage Compartment, Removing and In‐
– If installed, remove the screen separator mount bolts, but do
not remove the mounts. Refer to
page 46 .
– Only loosen the roof grab handles from the mounts in the roof
grab handle bracket, and do not completely remove. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Roof Grab Handle, Removing and Installing”,
page 50 .
– Remove the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- . Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Luggage Com‐
partment Lamp - W3- , Removing and Installing .
– Move the front backrest to a 45° angle.
– Disconnect the headliner wiring harness connector in the
headliner frame.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
by Vol
Golf g2015
ua ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
d ran
rise Body tInterior
e - Edition 09.2015
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Caution
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
♦ The headliner bends easily.
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Replace the headliner if it is bent.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
ss o
– Loosen the clips -2- in the headliner frame -1- from the body
cial p
f in
mounts using the Release Pliers - VAS6427- .
form
mer
– At the same time keep tension on the headliner -1- in direction
atio
m
of -arrows- to prevent the already loosened clips -2- from re-

o
n
c
i
or
n
engaging.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
– Carefully remove the headliner -1- through the rear lid opening
um
r
fo
with the help of a second technician.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Installing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Cutting Openings in the New Headliner
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
For vehicles with illuminated vanity mirrors and/or Rain/Light Rec‐
ognition Sensor - G397- , the appropriate openings must be cut
into a new headliner.
– With the help of the markings, cut out the necessary openings
in the new headliner using a carpet knife.
If it is possible, use the used part as a template.
There are two rectangular recesses on the inner side of the head‐
liner at the markings for the vanity mirror lamps.
Make the rectangular openings in the center of the rectangular
recesses:
♦ Dimensions: 20.5 mm × 59.6 mm
the following:
Note

♦ Always replace the clips for the cover frame (quantity: 23) be‐
fore assembling.
7.4 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body

⇒ “7.4.1 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body, Sedan and Wag‐
on without Sunroof”, page 303
⇒ “7.4.2 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body, Wagon with
Sunroof”, page 305
7.4.1 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body,

Sedan and Wagon without Sunroof

♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-

♦ Scraper Blade - 45mm - VAG1561/20- wage
es n
olks ot g
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628- byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
♦ Trim Release Lever - T10039 - auth or
ac
ss
Removing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the headliner. Refer to itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Cut the roof reinforcements -1 and 2- with a carpet knife into
wit
, is n
strips -3- approximately 6 cm wide -broken lines-.
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the strips -3- from the roof.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Cut back any remaining adhesive using the Window Cutter -
VAG1561A- and Scraper Blade - 45mm - VAG1561/20- .
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
If the paint structure was damaged while removing the roof rein‐
nform
ercia
forcements, paint damage must be repaired according to the

specifications. Refer to ⇒ Paint; Rep. Gr. 00
m
a
com
tion in
r
Installing
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Processing instructions of adhesive must be observed when in‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
stalling roof reinforcements. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Using the Cartridge Gun - VAG1628- , apply the one-part as‐

sembly adhesive onto the roof reinforcements in adhesive
beads according to the following dimensions. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
♦ Dimension -a- = 35 mm
♦ Dimension -b- = 31 mm
♦ Dimension -c- = 58 mm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol Golf 2015 not
➤
gu , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
d ara
orise Body Interior
nte - Edition 09.2015
h eo
aut ra
c
– Measure the width of the roof reinforcements
ss
-1 and 2- and
ce
e
mark the center on both sides.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Guide the roof reinforcement -1- into the vehicle.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Position the roof reinforcement -1- according to dimension
wit
-a- at the center of the roof and press on the entire surface.
, is n
h re
hole
Dimension -a-, Sedan: 50.5 ± 3 mm from the front panel edge
spec
es, in part or in w
Dimension -a-, Wagon without sunroof: 25 ± 1 mm from the front
t to the co
panel edge
rrectness of i
l purpos
-b- at the center of the roof and press on the entire surface.
Dimension -b-, Sedan: 61 ± 3 mm from the rear panel edge
nform
ercia
Dimension -b-, Wagon without sunroof: 25 ± 1 mm from the rear

m
at
panel edge
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
7.4.2 Roof Reinforcement, Attaching to Body,

at
do
priv
c
Wagon with Sunroof
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Special tools and workshop equipment required Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A- p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Scraper Blade - 45mm - VAG1561/20- Prote AG.
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-

♦ Trim Release Lever - T10039 -
Removing
– Cut the roof reinforcements -1- with a carpet knife into strips
-2- approximately 6 cm wide -broken lines-.
– Pull off the strips -2- from the roof.
– Cut back any remaining adhesive using the Window Cutter -
VAG1561A- and Scraper Blade - 45mm - VAG1561/20- .
Note
If the paint structure was damaged while removing the roof rein‐
forcements, paint damage must be repaired according to the
specifications. Refer to the ⇒ Paint; Rep. Gr. 00 .
Installing
Note
Processing instructions of adhesive must be observed when in‐

stalling roof reinforcements.

– Using the Cartridge Gun - VAG1628- , apply the one-part as‐

sembly adhesive onto the roof reinforcements in adhesive
beads according to the following dimensions. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
♦ Dimension -a- = 35 mm
♦ Dimension -b- = 30 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Dimension -c- = 58 mm ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Measure the width of the roof reinforcements -1- and mark the
y li
erm
ab
center on both sides.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
-a- at the center of the roof and press on the entire surface.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Dimension -a-: 12 ± 1 mm from the rear panel edge
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 Special Tools
♦ Trim Release Lever - T10039-
♦ Omega Clip Tool - T40280-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
307
Prote AG.
8. Special Tools
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Scraper Blade - 45mm - VAG1561/20-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200- hor eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8. Special Tools 309

AG. Volkswagen AG d
72 – Seat Frames
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
1 Overview - Seat Versions a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Versions”,
du
an
itte
page 310
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “1.2 Front Seat, Mounting on Fixture for Seat Repair”, ot p
wit
page 311
, is n
h re
hole
1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Versions
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Driver Side Front Seat
❑ The design depends on
rrectness of i
vehicle equipment
l purpos
❑ Overview - Front Seat.

Refer to
nf
ercia
o
Seat”, page 318 .
rm
m
atio
❑ Overview - Front Back‐
om
n in
rest. Refer to
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Backrest”, page 323 .

iv
o
r
rp
cu
❑ Overview - Seat Pan.
o
m
f
en
ng
Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.5 Overview - Seat C py
ht. rig
Pan”, page 327 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
2 - Front Passenger Side Front cted agen
Prote AG.
Seat
vehicle equipment
❑ Overview - Front Seat.
Refer to
Seat”, page 318 .
❑ Overview - Front Back‐
rest. Refer to
Backrest”, page 323 .
❑ Overview - Seat Pan.
Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Overview - Seat
Pan”, page 327 .
vehicle equipment
❑ Overview - Rear Seat
Backrest. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest”, page 377 .
4 - Side Cushion
❑ Installation depends on vehicle equipment
❑ Overview - Side Cushion. Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Overview - Side Cushion”, page 381 .
5 - Bench Seat / Single Seats
❑ The design depends on vehicle equipment
❑ Overview - Bench Seat/Single Seats. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Bench Seat/Single Seat”, page 375 .
310 Rep. Gr.72 - Seat Frames

1.2 Front Seat, Mounting on Fixture for Seat

Repair
♦ Engine and Gearbox Bracket VAS6095A - VAS6095A-
♦ Engine/Transmission Holder - Seat Repair Fixture - VAS6136-
Assembly
– Remove the front seats. Refer to
– Attach the Engine/Transmission Holder - Seat Repair Fixture
- VAS6136- onto the Engine and Gearbox Bracket -
VAS6095A- .
– Place the seat on the Engine/Transmission Holder - Seat Re‐
pair Fixture - VAS6136- .
– Secure the front seat on the Engine/Transmission Holder -
Seat Repair Fixture - VAS6136- .
Disassembly
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Disassembly is performed
Vol
ksw in reverse order. es not g
by ua
ed ran
TighteninghorSpecifications
is tee
t or
au a
♦ Refer
ss to c
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing”, page 335
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Overview - Seat Versions 311

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Front Seats
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Electric and Electronic
Components”, page 314
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Front Seat”, page 318
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Backrest Release and Entry Assistance”, page
322
⇒ “2.4 Overview - Front Backrest”, page 323
⇒ “2.5 Overview - Seat Pan”, page 327
⇒ “2.6 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster”, page 331
⇒ “2.7 Overview - Seat Angle Adjuster”, page 333
⇒ “2.8 Overview - Storage Compartment”, page 334
⇒ “2.9 Overview - Fire Extinguisher”, page 335
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing”, page 335
⇒ “2.11 Front Seat, Removing with Faulty Driver/Front Passenger
Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 ”, page 339
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen do
⇒ “2.12 Airbag Adapter,VoConnecting
lksw and Disconnecting”,
es n
ot g
y
page 343 sed b ua
ran
ri tee
ho
⇒ “2.13 Tunnel-Side
ut Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”, or
ac
sa
page 344 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
page 345
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.15 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 348

wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.16 Front Backrest, Removing and Installing”, page 349

hole
spec
⇒ “2.17 Seat Angle Adjuster, Removing and Installing”,

es, in part or in w
page 351
t to the co
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and Instal‐

ling”, page 352
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.19 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing”,

l purpos
page 353
⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back
nf
ercia
Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 , Removing and Installing”,

orm
page 357
m
atio
om
n in
⇒ “2.21 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing”, page 358

or c
thi
te
sd
⇒ “2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing”, page

iva
o
r
359
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
⇒ “2.23 Headrest, Removing and Installing”, page 360

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
⇒ “2.24 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 361
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
lksw
⇒ “2.25 Backrest Release Trim, Removing and Installing”,
by
cted agen
Prote
page 361
AG.
⇒ “2.26 Backrest Release, Removing and Installing”, page 362

⇒ “2.27 Connecting Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 363
⇒ “2.28 Backrest Release Mount, Removing and Installing”, page
363
⇒ “2.29 Backrest Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page
364
⇒ “2.30 Backrest Release Cable, Adjusting”, page 365
2. Front Seats 313

⇒ “2.31 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Removing and Instal‐

ling”, page 367
⇒ “2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Adjusting”,
page 367
⇒ “2.33 Entry Assistance Release Cable B, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 369
⇒ “2.34 Gliding Piece, Removing and Installing”, page 370
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen oes
not
page 371 y Vol gu
db e
ara
ris nte
⇒ “2.36 Driver/Front Passenger Seat LumbaruSupport
tho Adjustment eo
ra
Switch E176 / E177 , Removing and Installing”,
ss a page 372 c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “2.37 Lumbar Support Adjustment Motors V125 / V126 / V129 /
pt
du
an
V130 , Removing and Installing”, page 372
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.38 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Adjustment Control
ility
ot p
Head E470 / E471 , Removing and Installing”, page 373
wit
, is n
h re
2.1 Component Location Overview - Electric
hole
spec
and Electronic Components
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.1.1 Component Locations Overview - Electric and Electronic
Components, Except Power Seat”, page 314
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.1.2 Component Locations Overview - Electric and Electronic
l purpos
Components, Power Seat”, page 316
2.1.1 Component Locations Overview - Electric and Electronic Components, Ex‐
nf
ercia
o
cept Power Seat
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Seat Heating Element AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
❑ Driver Seat Heating El‐ ed by
V gu
ara
ement - Z6- horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Front Passenger Seat ss a ra
c
Heating Element - Z8-
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Depending on the vehi‐
an
d
itte
y li
cle equipment level
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ling. Refer to is n
h re
⇒ “1.8 Driver/Front Pas‐
ole,
senger Seat Heating El‐
spec
ement Z6 / Z8 , Remov‐
t to the co
414 .
2 - Backrest Heating Element
rrectne
❑ Driver Backrest Heating
Element - Z7-
ss o
cial p
❑ Front Passenger Back‐
f in
rest Heating Element -
form
mer
Z9-
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n
cle equipment level
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
c
ling. Refer to
um
r
fo
⇒ “1.9 Driver/Front Pas‐
en
ng
t.
yi Co
senger Backrest Heat‐ Cop py
ing Element Z7 / Z9 ,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
ling”, page 415 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
3 - Lumbar Support
❑ Driver Seat Lumbar
Support Curvature Ad‐
justment Motor - V125-
❑ Driver Seat Lumbar
Support Height Adjust‐
ment Motor - V129-
❑ Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Curvature Adjustment Motor - V126-
❑ Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Height Adjustment Motor - V130-
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ page 326 .
⇒ “2.37 Lumbar Support Adjustment Motors V125 / V126 / V129 / V130 , Removing and Installing”, page
372 .
4 - Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
❑ Driver Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch - E176-
❑ Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch - E177-
❑ Depending on the vehicle equipment level
⇒ “2.36 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch E176 / E177 , Removing and
❑ Lumbar support, removing and installing. Refer to
372 .
2. Front Seats 315

2.1.2 Component Locations Overview - Electric and Electronic Components,

Power Seat
1 - Seat Angle Adjuster

❑ Driver Seat Angle Ad‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
justment Motor - V243- olkswage es n
ot g
yV
❑ Front PassengersedSeatb ua
ran
Angle Adjustment
tho
ir
Motor tee
or
- V244- ss au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ page 333 .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.17 Seat Angle Ad‐
wit
, is n
h re
juster, Removing and
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
2 - Seat Forward/Back Adjust‐
t to the co
er
❑ Driver Seat Forward/
rrectness of i
Back Adjustment Motor
- V28-
l purpos
❑ Front Passenger Seat

Forward/Back Adjust‐
nf
ercia
ment Motor - V31-

orm
m
❑ Removing and instal‐ atio

m
ling. Refer to
o
n in
c
⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with

or
thi
e
Driver/Front Passenger
t
sd
iva
Seat Forward/Back Ad‐

o
r
rp
cu
justment Motor V28 /

o
m
f
en
ng
V31 , Removing and In‐

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3 - Seat Heating Element cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Driver Seat Heating El‐ Prote AG.
ement - Z6-
cle equipment level
⇒ “1.8 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z6 / Z8 , Removing and Installing”, page 414 .
4 - Backrest Adjuster
❑ Driver Backrest Adjustment Motor - V45-
❑ Front Passenger Backrest Adjustment Motor - V46-
⇒ “2.21.2 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Power Seat”, page 358 .
5 - Backrest Heating Element
❑ Driver Backrest Heating Element - Z7-
❑ Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element - Z9-
⇒ “1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element Z7 / Z9 , Removing and Installing”,
page 415 .
6 - Lumbar Support
❑ Driver Seat Lumbar Support Curvature Adjustment Motor - V125-
❑ Driver Seat Lumbar Support Height Adjustment Motor - V129-

❑ Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Curvature Adjustment Motor - V126-
❑ Front Passenger Seat Lumbar Support Height Adjustment Motor - V130-
⇒ “2.37 Lumbar Support Adjustment Motors V125 / nV126
AG. Vo/lkV129
swage/n V130
AG do
, Removing and Installing”, page
372 . olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by a
7 - Seat Height Adjuster ris
ed ran
tee
ho
❑ Driver Seat Height Adjustment Motor au - V138-
t or
ac
ss
❑ Front Passenger Seat Height Adjustment Motor - V246-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “2.19.2 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Power Seat”, page 355 .
ot p
wit
, is n
8 - Seat Adjustment Control Head
h re
hole
spec
❑ Driver Seat Adjustment Control Head - E470-
es, in part or in w
❑ Front Passenger Seat Adjustment Control Head - E471-
t to the co
⇒ “2.38 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Adjustment Control Head E470 / E471 , Removing and Instal‐
rrectness of i
ling”, page 373 .
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
372 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 317

2.2 Overview - Front Seat

⇒ “2.2.1 Overview - Front Seat, Except Power Seat”, page 318
⇒ “2.2.2 Overview - Front Seat, Power Seat”, page 320
2.2.1 Overview - Front Seat, Except Power Seat
Note
The illustration shows the driver side front seat. The front seat on the front passenger side is similar.
1 - Backrest
Front Backrest, Except
Power Seat”,
page 323 .
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.16 Front Backrest,
ling”, page 349 .
❑ Backrest release/entry
assistance for vehicles
with two doors
❑ Backrest release/entry
assistance, removing
and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.27 Connecting Ca‐
ble, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 363 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
2 - Headrest d by gu
ara
rise nte
❑ Removing and instal‐ utho eo
ra
ling. Refer to ss a c
⇒ “2.23 Headrest, Re‐ ce
le
un
moving and Installing”, pt

an
d
itte
page 360 . y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
3 - Hand Wheel
ot
wit
, is n
❑ For manual backrest ad‐

h re
justment
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Ad‐
rrectness of i
Installing, Except Power

Seat”, page 358 .
l purpos
4 - Screw
❑ 40 Nm
nform
ercia
❑ Quantity: 4
m
a
com
tio
5 - Seat Height Adjuster

n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
⇒ “2.19.1 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 353 .
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and installing. Refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 352 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
tho Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant
tee
or 2015 ➤
u
ss
a
Body Interior - Edition ac
09.2015
ce
e
nl
pt
du
6 - Sill-Side Seat Trim Panel
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “2.14.1 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 345 .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
372 .
m
at
8 - Cover
om
ion
c
in t
❑ For sill-side seat rail
or
his
ate
❑ Installed in rear and front
do
priv
cum
❑ Quantity: 2
for
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Loosen and remove from the seat rail by carefully releasing the retaining tabs without breaking them
Co
op py
using a screwdriver. t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Carefully push onto the seat rail until it audibly latches cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.35 Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing”, page 371 .
10 - Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Handle
❑ Remove by hand or separate from the handle mount using a rubber or plastic mallet.
❑ Hit the seat forward/back adjustment handle all the way back on using a rubber mallet. Do not damage
the surface while doing so.
11 - Cover
❑ For tunnel side seat rail
❑ Quantity: 2
using a screwdriver.
❑ Carefully push onto the seat rail until it audibly latches
12 - Seat Pan
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.5.1 Overview - Seat Pan, Except Power Seat”, page 327 .
13 - Seat Belt Latch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 120 .
14 - Tunnel-Side Seat Trim Panel
⇒ “2.13 Tunnel-Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 344 .
2. Front Seats 319

2.2.2 Overview - Front Seat, Power Seat
Note
The illustration shows the driver side front seat. The front seat on the front passenger side is similar.
1 - Backrest
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Overview. Refer to lksw
agen oes
not
⇒ “2.4.2 Overview - by
Vo gu
ara
Front Backrest, Power rised
nte
o
Seat”, page 325 . aut
h eo
ra
s c
❑ Removing and instal‐ s
ce
le
ling. Refer to
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ling”, page 349 .
ot
wit
, is n
2 - Headrest
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “2.23 Headrest, Re‐
page 360 .
rrectness of i
3 - Sill-Side Seat Trim Panel
l purpos

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.14.2 Door Sill Side
nform
ercia
Seat Trim, Removing

m
a
and Installing, Power
com
tio
Seat”, page 347 .
n in
r
te o
thi
4 - Screw s
iva
do
r
rp
❑ 40 Nm
um
fo
en
g
❑ Quantity: 4
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
5 - Seat Adjustment Control
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Head
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ Driver Seat Adjustment
agen
Prote AG.
Control Head - E470-
Adjustment Control
Head - E471-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.38 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Adjustment Control Head E470 / E471 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 373 .
372 .
7 - Cover
❑ For sill-side seat rail

❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Cover
❑ For tunnel side seat rail
❑ Quantity: 2
9 - Seat Pan
. Volkswage G
❑ Overview. Refer tos⇒ a“2.5.2
gen AG Overviewn A - Seat
does Pan, Power”, page 328 .
olk w not
❑ Removing and d b installing. Refer to
y V gu
ar
⇒ “2.20 Seat
rise Pan with Driver/Front Passenger SeatanForward/Back
tee Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 , Re‐
ho
movingauand
t Installing”, page 357 . or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 120 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
11 - Tunnel-Side Seat Trim Panel
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 321

2.3 Overview - Backrest Release and Entry Assistance

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1 - Connecting Cable Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Between the backrest ris
ed
nte
release and backrest
autho re‐ eo
ra
lease mount ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
ling. Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ “2.27 Connecting Ca‐
rm
ab
pe
ble, Removing and In‐
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
2 - Backrest Release Trim
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.25 Backrest Re‐
lease Trim, Removing
rrectness of i
and Installing”,
page 361 .
l purpos
3 - Screw
❑ 3.5 Nm
nform
mercia
4 - Backrest Release
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
ling. Refer to
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
lease, Removing and In‐ cum

fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
5 - Backrest Release Mount
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Riveted to backrest
p by
co Vo
by lksw
frame Prote
cted AG.
agen

ling. Refer to
lease Mount, Removing
and Installing”,
page 363 .
6 - Backrest Release Cable
❑ With a release cable ad‐
juster on each side
⇒ “2.29 Backrest Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 364 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.30 Backrest Release Cable, Adjusting”, page 365 .
7 - Entry Assistance Release Cable A
❑ With a release cable adjuster
⇒ “2.31 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Removing and Installing”, page 367 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Adjusting”, page 367 .
8 - Entry Assistance Release Cable B
⇒ “2.33 Entry Assistance Release Cable B, Removing and Installing”, page 369 .
9 - Slider
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.34 Gliding Piece, Removing and Installing”, page 370 .

2.4 Overview - Front Backrest

⇒ “2.4.1 Overview - Front Backrest, Except Power Seat”,
page 323
⇒ “2.4.2 Overview - Front Backrest, Power Seat”, page 325
⇒ “2.4.3 Overview - Front
n AG.Backrest,
VolkswagenPower
AG do Lumbar Support”,
page 326 wage es n
olks o t gu
yV
db ar
2.4.1thorise Overview - Front Backrest, Except
an
tee
o
Power Seat
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
Note
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
The illustration shows the driver side front backrest. The front backrest on the front passenger side is similar.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
1 - Headrest
spec
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectne
page 360 .
❑ Must be correctly locked
ss
in the headrest guides
o
cial p
f in
2 - Cover
form
mer
❑ Quantity: 2
atio
om
n
c
3 - Right Headrest Guide

i
or
n thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
ling. Refer to
p
cum
r
fo
⇒ “2.24 Headrest Guide,

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
ling”, page 361 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
4 - Backrest
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 349 .
❑ Backrest Cover and
Cushion, Removing and
installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Backrest Cover
and Cushion, Removing
and Installing”,
page 406 .
Cushion, Separating.
Refer to
and Cushion, Separat‐
ing”, page 410 .
❑ Depends on vehicle
equipment with power lumbar support. Refer to ⇒ page 326
5 - Left Headrest Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.24 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 361 .
6 - Backrest Release
❑ On 2-door vehicles
❑ Backrest release trim, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.25 Backrest Release Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 361 .
2. Front Seats 323

❑ Backrest release, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.26 Backrest Release, Removing and Installing”, page 362 .
❑ Backrest release mount, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.28 Backrest Release Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 363 .
7 - Lever
❑ For manually adjusting lumbar support
⇒ “2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing”, page 359 .
8 - Hand Wheel
❑ For manual backrest adjustment
⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 358 .
9 - Screw
❑ 34 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Self-locking
❑ Threaded holes for the bolts must be cleaned, for example, with a thread tap
10 - Seat Pan
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.5.1 Overview - Seat Pan, Except Power Seat”, page 327 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
324
by c lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.72 - Seat Frames
agen
Prote AG.
2.4.2 Overview - Front Backrest, Power Seat
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw no
The illustration shows the driver side front
ed by Vbackrest. The front backrest ont gthe
ua front passenger
ran side is similar.
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
1 - Headrest
ce
le
un
pt
an
❑ Removing and instal‐ d
itte
y li
ling. Refer to
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
page 360 .
h re
ole,
spec
❑ Must be correctly locked
in the headrest guides
t to the co
2 - Cover
❑ Quantity: 2
rrectne
3 - Headrest Guide
s
❑ Quantity: 2
s o
cial p
f
inform
ling. Refer to
mer
⇒ “2.24 Headrest Guide,
atio
m

o
n
c
i
ling”, page 361 .
or
n thi
te
sd
va
4 - Backrest
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
ling. Refer to
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
ling”, page 349 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Cushion, Removing and
and Installing”,
page 406 .
Cushion, Separating.
Refer to
ing”, page 410 .
❑ With power lumbar support. Refer to ⇒ page 326
5 - Screw
❑ 34 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Self-locking
6 - Seat Pan
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.5.2 Overview - Seat Pan, Power”, page 328 .
2. Front Seats 325

2.4.3 Overview - Front Backrest, Power Lumbar Support
1 - No Replacement Part
❑ The washer is molded in n AG. Volkswagen AG do
the lumbar support. lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
2 - Lumbar Support ir se
d ran
tee
ho
❑ Driver side with Driver aut or
ac
Seat Lumbar Support ss
ce
le
Curvature Adjustment
un
pt
an
d
Motor - V125- / Driver
itte
y li
Seat Lumbar Support
rm
ab
pe
Height Adjustment Mo‐
ility
ot
tor - V129-
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Front passenger side
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Seat Lumbar Support
t to the co
Curvature Adjustment
Motor - V126- / Front
Passenger Seat Lum‐
rrectness of i
bar Support Height Ad‐
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.37 Lumbar Support

Adjustment Motors
m
a
com
ti
V125 / V126 / V129 /
on in
V130 , Removing and
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
3 - Backrest Frame
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
4 - Rivet
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5 Overview - Seat Pan

⇒ “2.5.1 Overview - Seat Pan, Except Power Seat”, page 327
⇒ “2.5.2 Overview - Seat Pan, Power”, page 328
⇒ “2.5.3 Overview - Torsion Bar”, page 330
2.5.1 Overview - Seat Pan, Except Power Seat
Note
The illustration shows the driver side seat pan. The seat pan on the front passenger side is similar.
1 - Seat Cushion
❑ Seat Pan Cover and
Padding, Removing and
⇒ “1.4 Seat Pan Cover
and Installing”,
page 405 .
❑ Seat pan cover and agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
cushion, separating. olksw not
byV gu
Refer to rised ara
nte
⇒ “1.6 Seat Pan Cover ut
ho eo
ra
and Cushion, Separat‐ ss a c
ing”, page 408 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
2 - Seat Pan
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Vehicle equipment with
ility
ot p
a storage compartment.
wit
is n
Refer to ⇒ page 334
h re
ole,
spec
3 - Bracket
❑ For the sill-side seat trim
t to the co
panel
rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.15.1 Seat Trim
Bracket, Removing and
ss
Installing, Except Power
o
cial p
Seat”, page 348 .

inform
mer
4 - Screw
atio
m
❑ 8 Nm
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
❑ Quantity: 3
te
sd
iva
o
r
5 - Hand Wheel
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
❑ For manual backrest ad‐

t.
yi Co
justment Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
ling. Refer to by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 358 . Prote AG.
6 - Expanding Rivet
7 - Handle
❑ For seat height adjustment. Refer to ⇒ page 331
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 352 .
8 - Seat Trim Panel
❑ Sill-side
2. Front Seats 327

❑ The design depends on the vehicle equipment
⇒ “2.14.1 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 345 .
9 - Seat Trim Panel
❑ Tunnel side
. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
10 - Seat Belt Latch yV
olks s no
t gu
db ara
oris⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing
e nteand Installing”, page 120 .
th eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
2.5.2 Overview - Seat Pan, Power
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
The illustration shows the driver side seat pan. The seat pan on the front passenger side is similar.
t to the co
1 - Seat Cushion
rrectne
❑ Seat Pan Cover and
Padding, Removing and
ss o
cial p
f i
nform
and Installing”,
mer
atio
page 405 .
om
n
c
❑ Seat pan cover and
i
or
n thi
cushion, separating.
te
sd
va
Refer to
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
ing”, page 408 . Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
2 - Seat Pan py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
3 - Screw Prote AG.
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Self-locking
❑ Threaded holes for the
bolts must be cleaned,
for example, with a
thread tap
4 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
5 - Bracket
❑ For the sill-side seat trim
panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.15.2 Seat Trim
Bracket, Removing and
Installing, Power Seat”, page 349 .

6 - Expanding Rivet
7 - Seat Trim Panel
❑ Sill-side agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to d byV
o gu
ara
⇒ “2.14.2 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing oand
ris Installing, Power Seat”, page 347 .
e nte
h eo
ut r
8 - Seat Pan Lower Frame ss
a ac
ce
le
❑ Driver Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28-
un
pt
an
d
❑ Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31-
itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ Cannot be disassembled
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 357 . hole
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ To replace, install the seat belt latch in the new lower frame. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 120
9 - Bushing
rrectness of i
❑ Inserted in all bearing locations
l purpos
❑ Cannot be replaced with service equipment

❑ If the bushing is damaged, the seat pan lower frame must be replaced
nform
ercia
10 - Seat Trim Panel

m
a
❑ Tunnel side
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
11 - Screw
um
fo
en
ng
❑ Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch”, page 95

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 120 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 329

2.5.3 Overview - Torsion Bar
1 - Seat Pan
2 - Bearing
❑ For the torsion bar
❑ Slide into the guide
3 - Torsion Bar
❑ Lubricated. Refer to the
Parts Catalog for the
grease.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.6 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster

⇒ “2.6.1 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Except Power Seat”,
page 331
⇒ “2.6.2 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Power Seat”,
page 332
2.6.1 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Except Power Seat
1 - Screws
❑ 6.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Note the different bolt
length -item 8-
2 - Seat Height Adjusting Lever
❑ For seat height adjust‐
ment
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.19 Seat Height Ad‐
3 - Clip
❑ Make sure it is secure
4 - Seat Height Adjustment
Handle
ling. Refer to Volkswagen AG
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Ad‐ swagen AG. does
justment Handle, Re‐ by V olk not
gu
ara
rised
nte
page 352 . ut
ho eo
r a ac
ss
5 - Seat Pan
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.5.1 Overview - Seat

erm
ab
Pan, Except Power

ility
ot p
Seat”, page 327 .

wit
, is n
h re
6 - Lock Washer
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
7 - Seat Height Adjuster

ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.19.1 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except Power Seat”, page 353 .
l purpos
8 - Screw
❑ 10 Nm
nf
ercia
or
❑ Note the different bolt lengths -item 1-

m
m
atio
m
9 - Screws
o
n in
or c
❑ 8 Nm
thi
te
sd
iva
❑ Quantity: 2
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 331

2.6.2 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Power Seat
1 - Height Adjustment Motor

❑ Driver Seat Height Ad‐
Height Adjustment Mo‐
tor - V246-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.19.2 Seat Height
Installing, Power Seat”,
page 355 .
2 - Screw
Caution
The bolt has a left-hand
thread.
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Self-locking
olksw not
⇒ “2.19.2 Seat Height ed by
V gu
ara
Adjuster, Removing and horis nte
eo
Installing, Power Seat”, aut ra
c
s
page 355 . s
ce
e
nl
pt
❑ Clean the threaded hole
du
an
itte
with a thread tap.
y li
erm
ab
ility
3 - Screws
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ 20 Nm
h re
hole
❑ Quantity: 2
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Self-locking
t to the co
rrectness of i
4 - Screws
l purpos
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
nf
ercia
❑ Self-locking
rm
m
atio

om
n in
c
or
thi
te
sd
a
5 - Bracket
iv
o
r
rp
cu
❑ Bolted with the seat pan

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.7 Overview - Seat Angle Adjuster
1 - Angle Adjustment Motor

❑ Driver Seat Angle Ad‐
Angle Adjustment Motor
- V244-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.17 Seat Angle Ad‐
2 - Bracket
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Bolted with the seat pan lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
3 - Screw rise
d b ara
nte
o eo
❑ 20 Nm auth
ra
ss c
❑ Self-locking
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Clean the threaded hole
rm
ab
pe
with a thread tap.
ility
ot
wit
, is n
4 - Screws
h re
hole
❑ 10 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Quantity: 2
t to the co
❑ Self-locking
rrectness of i
❑ Threaded holes for the
l purpos
bolts must be cleaned,

for example, with a
thread tap
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 333

2.8 Overview - Storage Compartment
1 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
cle equipment level
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.35 Storage Com‐
partment, Removing
and Installing”,
page 371 .
❑ Cannot be disassem‐
bled
Parts Catalog.
3 - Spring Nut
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Inserted in the seat pan
❑ Replace any damaged
or deformed threaded
clips
4 - Seat Pan
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
agen
olksw
oes
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
2.9 Overview - Fire Extinguisher aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
1 - Bracket
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Removing erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the bracket
wit
is n
-4-.
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the seat pan
t to the co
cover and cushion. Re‐
fer to
rrectne
and Installing”,
page 405 .
ss o
cial p
f inform
WARNING
mer
atio
Danger of eye injury.
om
Wear
♦ protective eye‐
n
c
i
or
n
wear.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Drill out the rivets -2- us‐
en
ng
t.
ing a drill and remove
yi Co
op
the bracket.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
2 - Rivet by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Bracket
❑ Removing
– Remove the fire extin‐
guisher -6-.
– Remove the bolts -3-

and the bracket.
5 - Mounting Strap
6 - Fire Extinguisher
❑ Removing
– Open the mounting strap -5- and remove the fire extinguisher.
2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left seat.

Removing and installing the right seat is identical.
♦ The following describes removing and installing a manual
seat. Removing and installing a power seat is identical.
2. Front Seats 335

Caution
With 2-door vehicles pay attention that the seat outside the
vehicle is carefully moved in the end positions of the seat for‐
ward/back adjustment, there is a risk of damage.

♦ Airbag Lockout Adapter - VAS6282-
Removing
WARNING n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Follow the General Safety Precautions when workingorwith air‐
is tee
bags, belt tensioners and battery cut-out units (pyrotechnic
auth or
ac
components). Refer to ⇒ “1 Safety Precautions”, page 1 .
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Move the seat as far forward as possible using the forward/
erm
ab
ility
back adjuster.
ot p
wit
, is n
If the Driver Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28- / Front
h re
hole
Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31- is faulty,
spec
it is not possible to adjust a power front seat using the Driver Seat
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Adjustment Control Head - E470- / Front Passenger Seat Adjust‐
ment Control Head - E471- . In this case, perform the appropriate
procedure. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Front Seat, Removing with Faulty Driver/Front Passenger
rrectness of i
Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 ”, page 339 .
l purpos

– Move the seat as far back as possible using the forward/back
nf
ercia
o
adjuster.
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
agen
olksw
oes
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.

– Tilt the seat back.
– Open the cover in the carpet.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, release and re‐
move the wiring harnesses from the seat at the connector
station.
– Connect the airbag adapter. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Airbag Adapter, Connecting and Disconnecting”, page
343 .
Caution
If seat is to be lifted out or transported out of the vehicle, it must

not be grasped by the attachments, for example, seat belt
latch, lever for seat fore/aft adjustment, lever for seat height
adjustment or seat trim panels in order to prevent damage.
– Protect the attachments from damage using suitable materi‐

als.
2. Front Seats 337

– Reach between the backrest and seat cushion with the right
hand. Grab the front of the seat cushion with the left hand and
lift the seat out of the vehicle.
Installing
Note
Before installing the seat in the vehicle, make sure that the two
identical locking pins -1- are at the bottom in both seat rails.
– Lift seat through the front door and into the vehicle.
– First position the front seat.
– Guide the seat into the centering pins.
– Attach the seat with the front bolt -1- in the vehicle.
– Attach the seat with the front bolt -2- in the vehicle.
– Move the seat forward as far as possible.
– Attach the seat with the rear bolt -3- in the vehicle.
– Attach the seat with the rear bolt -4- in the vehicle.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING
When installing the seat, if a thread in the seat crossmember

mounting plate was damaged, a reworking of the damaged
thread is forbidden. In this case, the seat crossmember mount‐
ing plate must be replaced.
If there is damage to threads in the seat crossmember mounting

plate:
– Replace the affected seat crossmember mounting plate. Refer
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 51 .
– Remove the Airbag Lockout Adapter - VAS 6282- .
– Attach the thorax airbag wiring harness to the connector sta‐
tion.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, engage the wiring
harnesses in the coupling station.
– Close the cover in the carpet.
WARNING

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Note rise d ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
If the Airbag
ss Indicator Lamp - K75- signals a fault after installing, c
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Front Seat”, page 318

h re
hole
spec
2.11 Front Seat, Removing with Faulty Driv‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co
er/Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back

Adjustment Motor -V28- / -V31-
rrectness of i
Driver Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28- / Front Pas‐

l purpos
senger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31- , Checking

– Move the front seat into its highest position.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Note
o
n in
or c
thi
e
To avoid unnecessary repair costs, check the Driver Seat For‐

t
sd
iva
ward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28- / Front Passenger Seat For‐

o
r
rp
cu
ward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31- before removing the front

o
m
f
en
ng
seat.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Check the Driver Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - p by
o Vo
by c
V28- / Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor
lksw
cted agen
Prote
- V31- using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
AG.
– Replace the seat pan lower frame with the faulty Driver Seat
Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28- / Front Passenger
2. Front Seats 339

Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31- . Refer to

⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/
Back Adjustment Motor V28 / V31 , Removing and Installing”,
page 357 .
Removing with faulty Driver Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Mo‐
tor - V28- / Front Passenger Seat Forward/Back Adjustment
Motor - V31-
Caution
♦ Loosen the bolts -3- only after checking the Driver Seat
Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V28- / Front Passenger
Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor - V31- .
♦ After loosening the bolts -2-, replace the seat pan lower
frame including the seat forward/back adjustment motor.
– Remove the bolts -3- on both sides (quantity: 4).

I - Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor Threaded Connection
on Sill Side
II - Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor Threaded Connection
on Tunnel-Side
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
To remove the tunnel-side bolts,Voreach
lksw under the seat fromethe
a o s
not
front. ed
by gu
ara
n ris tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
– Move the seat
s aut forward as far as possible. ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Move the seat as far back as possible.

y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n
– Tilt the seat back.

h re
hole
spec
– Open the cover in the carpet.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, release and re‐

move the wiring harnesses from the seat at the connector
station.
rrectness of i
– Connect the airbag adapter. Refer to

l purpos
⇒ “2.12 Airbag Adapter, Connecting and Disconnecting”, page

343 .
nf
ercia
orm
Caution
m
atio
om
n in
c
If seat is to be lifted out or transported out of the vehicle, it must

or
thi
e
not be grasped by the attachments, for example, seat belt

t
sd
iva
latch, lever for seat fore/aft adjustment, lever for seat height
o
r
rp
cu
adjustment or seat trim panels in order to prevent damage.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
341
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats
– Protect the attachments from damage using suitable materi‐

als.
– Reach between the backrest and seat cushion with the right
hand. Grab the front of the seat cushion with the left hand and
lift the seat out of the vehicle.
– Separate the seat pan lower frame from the seat pan. Refer
to
⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/gen AG. Volkswagen AG
does
olks
wa not
page 357 . byV gu
ara
ed is nte
or
– Replace the seat pan lower frame together with
au the seat for‐
th eo
ra
ward/back adjustment motor. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Installing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
following:
ot
wit
, is n
– Attach the seat pan lower frame to the seat pan. Refer to
h re
hole
⇒ “2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger Seat Forward/
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 357 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift seat through the front door and into the vehicle.

– First position the front seat.

– Guide the seat into the centering pins.
WARNING
When installing the seat, if a thread in the seat crossmember

mounting plate was damaged, a reworking of the damaged
thread is forbidden. In this case, the
wage
seat
n AG.crossmember
Volkswagen AG mount‐
does
ing plate must be replaced.y Volks not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
If there is Damage to
ss Threads in the Seat Crossmember Mounting
Plate:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Replace the affected seat crossmember mounting plate.
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the Airbag Lockout Adapter - VAS6282- .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Attach the side airbag wiring harness to the connector station.
h re
hole
spec
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, engage the wiring
es, in part or in w
harnesses in the coupling station.
t to the co
– Close the cover in the carpet.
rrectness of i
l purpos
WARNING
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
check the DTC memory, erase it and check it again use the Ve‐ Prote
cted agen
AG.
2.12 Airbag Adapter, Connecting and Dis‐

connecting
2. Front Seats 343

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the Airbag Lockout Adapter - VAS6282- to the side
airbag wiring harness -1-.
Caution
The Airbag Lockout Adapter - VAS6282- must stay connected

to seat until seat is installed again.
2.13 Tunnel-Side Seat Trim, Removing and

Installing
Note

identical.


Removing
– Remove the trim panel -1- expanding rivets -arrows-.
– To do so, press the clamping pins in the expanding rivets AG. Volkswagen AG d
-arrows- toward the inside. lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
– Pry off the expanding rivets -arrows- using the Trim Removal
rised b ara
nte
Wedge - 3409- . ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the trim panel -1- from the mounts in the seat frame.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Installing
o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a
following:
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Insert the expanding rivets -arrows- and push the pins in.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Tightening Specifications Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.14 Sill-Side Seat Trim, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “2.14.1 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing, Ex‐
cept Power Seat”, page 345
⇒ “2.14.2 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing, Pow‐
er Seat”, page 347
2.14.1 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and

Installing, Except Power Seat
Note

identical.

2. Front Seats 345

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Position the seat into its highest position.
lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
– Remove the backrest adjuster. Refer
rised b to ara
nte
⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing
ut
ho and Installing, Except eo
ra
Power Seat”, page 358 . ss a c
ce
e
nl
– Remove the seat height adjustment handle. Refer to
pt
du
an
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and In‐
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press the clamping pin -3- toward the inside.

– Pry off the expanding rivet -2- using the Trim Removal Wedge
- 3409- .
– Remove the bolt -arrow- from below.
– Open the bracket -4- on the trim panel -1- from below.
– Guide out the rear trim panel -1-.
– Remove the trim panel -1- forward from the bracket -5-.
Installing

wage es n
Component Tightening
yV
olksSpecification ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Screw between bracket and 2 rNm
is tee
tho
side trim panel. Refer to au or
ac
⇒ page 346 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
2.14.2 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installing, Power Seat
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
identical.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 347

– Press the clamping pin -3- toward the inside.

– Pry off the expanding rivet -2- using the Trim Removal Wedge
- 3409- .
– Open the bracket -4- on the trim panel -1- from below.
– Guide out the rear trim panel -1-.
– Remove the trim panel -1- forward from the bracket -5-.
– Disconnect the connectors to the controls.
Installing
2.15 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “2.15.1 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and Installing, Except
Power Seat”, page 348
⇒ “2.15.2 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and Installing, Power
Seat”, page 349
2.15.1 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and In‐

stalling, Except Power Seat
Note

identical.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783- Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
Removing orise nte
th eo
u ra
– Position the seat into its highest position. ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “2.14.1 Door Sill Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing,
itte
y li
Except Power Seat”, page 345 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Guide the retaining bracket -1- out of the mount -arrow- on the h re
hole
spec
storage compartment -3-, if necessary.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the retaining bracket -1- from the front seat.

Installing
rrectness of i

l purpos
following:
– If equipped, make sure the retaining bracket is seated cor‐
nform
ercia
rectly in the storage compartment mount.

m
at
om
ion
c
♦ Refer to
in t
or
his
e
⇒ “2.5.1 Overview - Seat Pan, Except Power Seat”,

at
do
riv
page 327
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.15.2 Seat Trim Bracket, Removing and In‐

stalling, Power Seat G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
gu
by ara
Note ed nte
oris eo
th
s au ra
c
The following describes the removing
s and installing on the left
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
identical.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Power Seat”, page 347 .
l purpos
nform
mercia
Note
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
If necessary, carefully push the seat cover near the bolt -3- to the
his
ate
side in order to remove the bolt -3-.
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
– Remove the retaining bracket -1- from the front seat.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installing ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.5.2 Overview - Seat Pan, Power”, page 328
2.16 Front Backrest, Removing and Installing

Caution


♦ Screws for backrest
2. Front Seats 349

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove the front seat. Refer to ksw
agen oes
not
y Vol
⇒ “2.10 Front Seat, Removing and Installing”, page 335 . gu
db ara
rise nte
– Secure the seat on the Fixture ufor
tho Seat Repair . Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “1.2 Front Seat, Mounting on
ss a Fixture for Seat Repair”, page c
311 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
page 344 .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
page 345 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connectors from the backrest wiring harness.
– Unclip the clips -2 and 5- from the wiring harness -1- on the
rrectness of i
seat pan.
l purpos
– Loosen the wiring harness -1- with the mesh hose from the
seat pan.
nf
ercia
– To do so, loosen all cable ties -3 and 4-.
orm
m
atio
The wiring harness between the connector station and the side
om
airbag is continuous.
n in
or c
thi
e
– Guide the wiring harness to the side airbag out of the mesh
t
sd
iva
o
hose.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– To do so, loosen the cable ties -3 and 4-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Only for Vehicles with Entry Assistance

– Disengage the release cable bracket -3 and 4- for entry as‐
sistance from the bracket on the seat pan.
– Disengage the release cable -1 and 2- for entry assistance
from the seat rail release.
– Disengage the bracket -5- for the release cable from the seat
rail.
– Tilt the backrest -3- forward onto the seat pan -1-.
– Move the seat pan cushion to the side.
– Carefully remove the wiring harness for the side airbag -4-
from the seat pan.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
orise Golf 2015
nte ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
h e
aut Body oInterior
ra
c
- Edition 09.2015
ss
ce
le
– Remove the backrest.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
following:
h re
ole,
spec
– Replace the damaged cable ties and clips.
t to the co
– Route the wires in their original locations.
rrectne
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Overview - Seat Pan”, page 327
ss o
cial p
f
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Overview - Front Backrest”, page 323
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
2.17 Seat Angle Adjuster, Removing and In‐

t.
yi Co
op py
stalling
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

identical.

Removing
311 .
– Remove bolt -2- for seat angle adjustment motor (preset by
the manufacturer) adjusting spindle -1-.
2. Front Seats 351

Caution
Risk of damage to the bushing -1- in the bearing point -2- (ad‐
justing spindle/seat pan bolting).
♦ The bushing cannot be replaced with workshop materials.
♦ If the bushing is damaged, the corresponding assembly
parts must be replaced.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Disconnect the connector -3- by V at the seat angle adjustment t gua
o l no
motor. ris
ed ran
tee
tho or
– Remove the bolts -1-au and the seat angle adjustment motor ac
ss
-4-.
ce
le
un
pt
Installing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Overview - Seat Angle Adjuster”, page 333
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Re‐

n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
The seat height adjustment handle can only be replaced with the
py by
co Vo
by lksw
front seat installed. Prote
cted AG.
agen
Removing
Note
♦ Remove the seat height adjustment handle as described. Nev‐

er drive the seat height adjustment handle off the lever.
♦ If the tab gets damaged while removing the handle, then it is
not possible to install it again. The handle must be replaced.
– Pull the seat height adjustment handle in direction of -1- as far

upward as possible and hold it in that position.
– Guide a small screwdriver up to the retainer -3- between the
seat height adjuster handle -1- and the trim -2-.
– Press the retaining tab -3- inward using the screwdriver.

– At the same time, remove the seat height adjuster handle -1-
from the lever -4- in the direction of the -arrow-.
Installing
following:
– Check for damage and proper seating of the retainer -3- on
the lever -4-.
– Slide the seat height adjustment handle -1- onto the lever -4-
until it engages.
– After installing, make sure the retainer -4- is properly engaged.
– Check for secure fit by pulling on it.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
2.19 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and In‐
an
d
itte
y li
erm
stalling
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “2.19.1 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except
is n
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ “2.19.2 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Power
t to the co
Seat”, page 355
2.19.1 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and In‐
rrectne
stalling, Except Power Seat
ss o
cial p
f
Note
inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n
identical.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Special tools and workshop equipment required um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Removing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the backrest adjuster. Refer to

⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except
– Remove the seat height adjustment handle. Refer to
⇒ “2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and In‐
Except Power Seat”, page 345 .
2. Front Seats 353


– Remove the lever -1-.
– Remove the lock washer -1-.

– Remove the seat height adjuster -2-.

Installing
following: gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
Note ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
♦ The bolts -1- and the bolt -3- are different lengths.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ The bolt -3- is shorter.

itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The bolt -3- has a larger bolt head.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Ensure the correct allocation.

h re
hole
spec
– Push the seat downward via the backrest.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Attach the seat height adjuster -2-.

rrectness of i
– Tighten the bolts -1 and 3-.

l purpos
♦ Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.6.1 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Except Power Seat”,

page 331
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.19.2 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and In‐

stalling, Power Seat
Note

identical.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Vol
ksw
a
not
by gu
d ara
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm oris - VAG1783-
e nte
h eo
ut ra
Removing ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
311 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connector -1- at seat height adjustment motor
rrectness of i
-2-.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 355

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Caution ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
Threaded hole in the seat pan damaged or destroyed.
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ The bolt -2- has left-hand thread.
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ When removing or installing, the adjusting spindle/seat
, is n
h re
pan threaded connection must be relieved. To do so, a
hole
spec
second technician must be pushing down on the seat
es, in part or in w
backrest.
t to the co
Risk of damage to the bushing -3- in the bearing point (adjust‐
ing spindle/seat pan bolting).
rrectness of i
♦ The bushing cannot be replaced with workshop materials.
l purpos
♦ If the bushing is damaged, the corresponding assembly

parts must be replaced.
nform
mercia
a
com
t
– Remove bolt -2- on the seat height adjustment motor adjusting
ion in
spindle -1-.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
– Remove bolt -1- for seat angle adjustment motor adjusting

rp
cum
fo
spindle (preset by the manufacturer).
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Move the upper seat frame as far upward as possible and C py
t. rig
support with a suitable wood block on the Engine/Transmis‐
gh ht
pyri by
sion Holder - Seat Repair Fixture - VAS6136- .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -2- and -3-.
– Remove the fixture with the height adjustment motor -4- from
the seat pan.
– Remove the bracket -2- from the seat height adjustment motor
-3-.
Installing
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.6.2 Overview - Seat Height Adjuster, Power Seat”,
page 332

2.20 Seat Pan with Driver/Front Passenger

Seat Forward/Back Adjustment Motor -
V28- / -V31- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Move front seat to the highest position possible to keep the
torsion bar tension as low as possible.
– Remove the front seat belt latch. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Front Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page
120 .
– Disconnect the connector on the seat forward/back
olks
wagadjust‐
e es n
ot g
ment motor. db
y V ua
ran
e
ris tee
– Unclip the wire from the seat pan and
ut set aside.
ho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
Caution
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Danger of damaging the threaded holes or the bushing in the
pe
ility
bearing points (connecting the upper/ lower frame).
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ The bolt -3- has left-hand thread.
hole
spec
♦ A second technician must be pushing down on the seat
es, in part or in w
t to the co
backrest when removing the following bolts.
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the seat pan -1- from the lower frame -4-.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Caution
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Risk of damage to the bushings -1- in the bearing points -2-
C py
ht. rig
(seat pan threaded connection and lower frame).
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ The bushings cannot be replaced with workshop materi‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
als.
♦ If the bushings are damaged, the seat pan must be re‐
placed.
Installing
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.5.2 Overview - Seat Pan, Power”, page 328
2. Front Seats 357

2.21 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Except
⇒ “2.21.2 Backrest Adjuster, Removing
AG. Voand
lkswaInstalling,
gen AG Power
Seat”, page 358 agen does
olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed
2.21.1 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Instal‐
thoris nte
eo
ling, Except Power Seat
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
identical.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Assembly Tool - 3399-
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
– Turn the backrest adjuster -1- until the retainer can be seen
from the rear -arrow A-. Use a flashlight if necessary.
nf
ercia
– Insert the Assembly Tool - 3399- and lift it in the direction of orm
m
atio
-arrow B-.
om
n in
or c
– Turn the backrest adjuster 120° farther.

thi
te
sd
iva
– Insert the Assembly Tool - 3399- and lift it in the direction of

o
r
rp
cu
-arrow B-.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the backrest adjuster. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
Installing py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
following:
– Note the correct installation position of the backrest adjuster.
– Pull on the backrest adjuster to make sure it is secure.
– Replace the backrest adjuster if it is too loose after assem‐
bling.
2.21.2 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Power Seat
The Driver Backrest Adjustment Motor - V45- / Front Passenger
Backrest Adjustment Motor - V46- cannot be replaced separately.
If the backrest adjuster is faulty, the backrest frame must be re‐
placed.

2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing

and Installing
♦ Door Trim Pliers - 3392-
Note

identical.
Removing
– Remove the lumbar support adjusting lever -1- from the shaft
-2- using the Door Trim Pliers - 3392- .
Installing
following:
– Make sure the splines on the lumbar support adjusting lever
-1- align with the splines on the shaft -2-.
– Pull on it to make sure the lever is secure.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Replace the adjusting lever if it is too loose after assembling.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 359

2.23 Headrest, Removing and Installing

Removing
Note
♦ The headrests can be removed with the front seats installed.

♦ The release button is located on the outer left of the driver seat and inner left of the passenger seat.
– Move the front seat forward into the lowest position and tilt
backrests approximately 45°.
– Push the cushion near the headrest guides slightly downward.
– Push the locking plate -1- all the way toward the retainer on
both headrest guides.
– Remove the headrest from the backrest.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Installing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.24 Headrest Guide, Removing and Instal‐

ling gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
Removing byV gu
ara
ed nt
ris
– Remove uthe
tho backrest cover with the backrest cushion.eRefer
eo
ra
to ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
page 406 .
du
an
itte
y li
Right Headrest Guide
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Press retaining tabs in -arrows- and simultaneously pull the
wit
, is n
headrest guide -1- out of the backrest frame -2-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
Ignore -item 3-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Left Headrest Guide
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
– Press in the retaining tab -arrows- and simultaneously pull
om
headrest guide -1- out of the backrest frame -2-.
n in
or c
thi
e
Installing
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
following:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Note
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The headrest guide can only be inserted in one position.
• The tab -3- on the headrest guide must engage in the mount
cut-out on the backrest frame.
• The tabs must engage correctly in backrest frame.
2.25 Backrest Release Trim, Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Pull the operating lever -1- upward in direction of -arrow A-.
– Push a flat-head screwdriver between the trim and operating
lever, as shown in the illustration.
– Release the right catches in direction of -arrow B-.
– Hold the operating lever pushed -1-, push a flat-head screw‐
driver between the trim and operating lever, as shown in the
illustration.
2. Front Seats 361

– Release the left catches in direction of -arrow-.

– Bring the operating lever -1- back into the resting position.
– Disengage the trim -2- by hand in the direction of the -arrow-,

and if necessary push on the opposite side.
Installing
following:
– Pull the operating lever slightly upward, guide the trim over the
operating lever and engage the rear tabs in the backrest re‐
lease.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
2.26 Backrest Release, Removing and Instal‐ Vo gu
by ara
d
ise nte
ling uthor eo
ra
s a c
s
Removing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the backrest cover with the backrest cushion. Refer

itte
y li
to
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
page 406 .
wit
, is n
h re
– Pull the operating lever -1- upward and remove the bolt -2-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Push the backrest release mount -4- upward in direction of
t to the co
-arrow- and disengage the connecting cable -3-.
– Disengage the backrest release retaining tabs -5-.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

nform
ercia
♦ Refer to
m
a
com
ti
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Backrest Release and Entry Assistance”,

on in
page 322
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
2.27 Connecting Cable, Removingby
Vol
ksw and In‐
oes
not
gu
stalling d ara
e nte
ris
ho t eo
au ra
Removing ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
to
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
page 406 .
wit
, is n
h re
– Pivot the backrest release bearing -1- upward in direction of
hole
-arrow- until stop and hold in this position.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Disengage the connecting cable -3- at the mount.
t to the co
– Pivot the operating lever -2- upward until it stops.
rrectness of i
– Disengage and remove the connecting cable from the oper‐
ating lever.
l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.28 Backrest Release Mount, Removing

and Installing
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAG1753B-
♦ Drill
♦ Protective Eyewear
Removing
to
page 406 .
– Remove the connecting cable. Refer to
⇒ “2.27 Connecting Cable, Removing and Installing”,
page 363 .
WARNING

♦ Wear protective eyewear.
– Pry the release cable -1- from the backrest release bearing
with a screwdriver in the direction of the -arrow-.
2. Front Seats 363

– Drill out the rivets -2- from the backrest frame.

– Remove the backrest release bearing -3- from the backrest
frame.
Installing
2.29 Backrest Release Cable, Removing and

Installing
Note
The left and right release cables cannot be replaced separately.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAG1753B- lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
♦ Drill rised ara
nte
ho eo
♦ Protective Eyewear aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Removing
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
to
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
page 406 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
The spring mat or lumbar support does not need to be removed

when removing and installing the release cables.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Using pliers, disengage the eyelet -3- from the pins -4- for the
backrest release on both sides.
WARNING

♦ Wear protective eyewear.
G. Volkswagen
– Remove the left and rightlkrivet
swa -2- and remove the
gen A AG do
ebracket
s no
-1- from the backrestd bframe
yV
o
-5-. t gu
a
e ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Pry the release cable -1- from the backrest release bearing
es, in part or in w
-2- with a screwdriver in the direction of the -arrow-.
t to the co
– Unclip the bracket -1- from the backrest frame -2-.
– Guide out the end of the release cable through the mount
rrectness of i
opening in the backrest frame.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
– Separate the cable tie and remove the release cables from the
um
fo
backrest frame.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Installing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.30 Backrest Release Cable, Adjusting
WARNING
Make sure the backrest is locked (zero position), otherwise it

could tip forward accidentally.
2. Front Seats 365


to
page 406 .
The following prerequisites must be met to adjust:
• Backrest release -2- to the lower stop
wage (backrest locks).does
n AG. Volkswagen AG
olks not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Pivot the backrest release bearing -1- upward until a distance
t to the co
of -a- = 2 to 4 mm is between the backrest frame stop surface
-arrow A- and the bearing stop -arrow B-.
rrectness of i
– Secure the backrest release bearing in this position, using for
example an angled metal rod.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Adjust the release cables on both release cable adjusters

n
t.
yi Co
op
-1 and 2-. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– To adjust, turn the upper section -3- and the lower section copy Vo
by lksw
-4- contrary to each other. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the cable so it is free of play and tension.

Note
♦ The illustration only shows one side of the retainer.

♦ When adjusting cables -1-, they must not be tensioned at the
backrest release -2-.
G. Volkswage
– After adjusting release
lksw
acables,
gen A performnaAGfunctionality
does
not
test of
the backrest release.
by Vo gua d ran
ise
– If it does unot
tho release or only releases partially, check the
r tee
orre‐
lease cable
ss a routing or repeat the adjustment. ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2.31 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Re‐
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
311 .
l purpos

nf
ercia
⇒ “2.13 Tunnel-Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”, or

page 344 .
m
m
atio
m
– Turn the backrest adjustment hand wheel forward until stop.

o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Unclip the release cable A bracket -1- from the backrest.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Disengage the release cable A -2- from the lever on the back‐
o
m
f
rest hinge.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Disengage the cable A bracket -1- for entry assistance from t. C rig
gh ht
the bracket on the seat pan. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Unclip the bracket -2- for the release cable from the seat pan.
agen
Prote AG.
– Disengage the release cable A from the seat longitudinal ad‐

juster -arrow- and remove.
Installing
following:
– Adjust the release cable A. Refer to
⇒ “2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Adjusting”,
page 367 .
2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Ad‐

justing
2. Front Seats 367

♦ Feeler Gauge - VAS 5301/10-

Adjustment Conditions
• The padding must be removed from the seat pan and backrest
and they must be bolted to each other.
• The backrest adjustment hand wheel is turned forward until
stop.
• The release cable B must be engaged in the seat longitudinal
adjuster and backrest hinge.
• The adjustment is only performed on the inside of the vehicle
on the tunnel side of the seat.
Caution
Before the adjustment of the "entry assistance" function,swop‐

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
erating the "entry assistance" is not permitted. by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
Checking and Correcting ss
ce
e
nl
pt
– Adjust both seat rails so that the two respective locking bolts
du
an
itte
-2- are upward.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
Make sure that on both seat rails the identical locking bolts are
es, in part or in w
upward.
t to the co
– Adjust the seat rails so that the two respective locking bolts
rrectness of i
-2- are upward.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ It does not matter which of the two locking bolts are upward.
m
at
om
♦ Ignore items -1 and 3- in the illustration. ion

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
– Push the lever -1- on the backrest hinge until stop in the di‐
um
for
rection of the -arrow-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The cushion and cover are not shown in the illustration.

– Using the feeler gauge, determine the distance between the

tabs -arrows- of the release plate -1- and the plate -2-.
• The 0.1 mm feeler must slide through all tabs -arrows- of the
release plate.
• The 0.3 mm feeler does not have to slide through a maximum
of one end.
If the adjustment is incorrect, proceed as follows.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Release the release cable adjuster by uholding
tho
the upper sec‐ eo
ra
a
tion -1- with pliers and turning the securing
ss sleeve -2- approx‐ c
imately 45° in the direction of -arrow A-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Press the securing sleeve all the way down as far as the stop
y li
rm
ab
to release it -arrow B-.
pe
ility
ot
• The lower section -3- must be able to rotate.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– To adjust, turn the upper and lower sections in opposite di‐
spec
rections.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Adjust the release cable so that the release plate -1- on the
s
iva
do
r
plate -2- just begins to raise.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
• The 0.1 mm feeler must slide through all tabs -arrows- of the
t.
yi Co
op
release plate. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
• The 0.3 mm feeler does not have to slide through a maximum cop Vo
by lksw
of one end. cted agen
Prote AG.
– After adjusting the release cables perform a functionality test.

– If it does not release or only releases partially, check the re‐
lease cable routing or repeat adjustment.
– Re-engage the release cable adjuster.
2.33 Entry Assistance Release Cable B, Re‐

Removing
311 .
page 344 .
2. Front Seats 369

– Turn the backrest adjustment hand wheel forward until stop.

– Disengage the cable B bracket -2- for entry assistance from
the bracket on the seat pan.
– Disengage the eyelet -1- of the entry assistance cable B from
the pins on the seat forward/back adjustment.
– Disengage the bracket -1- of the entry assistance cable B from
the backrest hinge, to do this release the catches -arrow-.
– Disengage the eyelet -2- of the entry assistance cable B with

a screwdriver from the backrest hinge pins and remove.
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Install in reverse order of bremoval.
yV
ol
gu
ara
ed
is nte
hor eo
aut ra
s c
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.2 s Overview - Front Seat”, page 318
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
2.34 Gliding Piece, Removing and Installing

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
– Move the front seat all the way to the rear and then into its
rrectness of i
highest position.
l purpos
– Unlock the backrest, fold forward and at the same time push
the front seat all the way forward.
nform
ercia
– Remove the rear bolt from the tunnel-side seat rail. Refer to
m
a
com
tio
– Push the rocker switch -arrow A- from the gliding piece in the
n in
r
te o
direction of the -arrow- and pull the gliding piece rearward.

thi
s
iva
do
– Lightly lift the rear gliding piece -1- with a screwdriver and re‐
r
rp
cum
fo
move rearward from the seat rail -2-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
– If the gliding piece is replaced, clean the seat rail area of any
residue of the previous gliding piece.
– Insert the gliding piece -2- in the seat rail -1-.
– Engage the glide piece in the back catch -arrow-.
Note
Adjusting the gliding piece is not necessary.
2.35 Storage Compartment, Removing and

Installing
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 -g2-10Nm
en AG. V - VAG1783-
olkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
Removing byV gu
ara
ed nt
ris
– Loosen the tho front seat and tip it toward the rear. Do noteecom‐
or
au
pletelyssremove the seat. Refer to ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the seat trim bracket. Refer to

itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
page 348 .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Handle the customers property in the glove compartment with

great care.
♦ Store the items from the storage compartment is a closa‐
rrectness of i
ble plastic box.

l purpos
– Clean out the storage compartment -2-.

nform
ercia
– Remove the storage compartment -2-.

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
– Insert the storage compartment -2-.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Lower the storage compartment -1- on the front seat -2-.
t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– Pull the storage compartment -1- forward in the direction of
p by
co Vo
travel.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Front Seats 371

– Remove the storage compartment -1- from the right and left
mounts -arrow-.
Installing
following:
– Make sure that the side trim panel bracket engages correctly
in the storage compartment mount.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.8 Overview - Storage Compartment”, page 334
2.36 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Lumbar

Support Adjustment Switch -E176- / -
E177- , Removing and Installing
Note

identical.
Removing
⇒ “2.14 Sill-Side Seat Trim, GRemoving and Installing”,
A . Volkswagen AG d
page 345 . lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– Remove therisbolts
ed
b
-1-. ran
tee
tho or
– Removes authe switch -2-. ac
s
ce
e
Installing
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
Bolt -1- 1 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
2.37 Lumbar Support Adjustment Motors -

V125- / -V126- / -V129- / -V130- , Re‐
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
om
n in

or c
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Drill
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Protective Eyewear t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Removing pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Remove the front seat. Refer to Prote AG.
311 .


to
page 406 .
– Release and remove the connectors -1 and 2- from the motors.
WARNING

♦ Wear protective eyewear. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Drill out the rivet -3-. autho eo
ra
ss c
Vehicles with Entry Assistance
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Disconnect the cable tie for the backrest release cable.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Pivot the lower lumbar support -1- forward.
h re
ole,
spec
– Disengage the upper lumbar support -1- at the backrest frame
t to the co
-2- -arrows- and remove.
Installing
rrectne
following:
ss
– Attach the upper lumbar support -1- in the backrest frame -2-
o
cial p
f
-arrows- and move it down and to the rear.
inform
mer
– Rivet lumbar support to the backrest frame.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Front Seat”, page 318 cum

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2.38 Driver and Front Passenger Seat Ad‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
justment Control Head -E470- / -E471- ,
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Note

identical.

♦ Window Release Tool - T10236-
2. Front Seats 373

Removing
– Carefully pry off the buttons -3- and -4- from the seat adjust‐
ment control head retainers using the Window Release Tool -
T10236- .
– Remove the seat adjustment control head -1-.
Installing
Bolt -1- 1 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Rear Seats
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Bench Seat/Single Seat”, page 375
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest”, page 377
⇒ “3.3 Overview - Locking Mechanism”, page 379
⇒ “3.4 Overview - Center Armrest”, page 380 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
⇒ “3.5 Overview - Side Cushion”, page 381 by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
⇒ “3.6 Overview - Backrest Remote Release”, pageh or 381 eo
aut ra
c
⇒ “3.7 Bench Seat/Single Seat, Removing and
ss
Installing”,
ce
le
page 382
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and Installing”, page 384
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “3.9 Locking Mechanism Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
ot
wit
386
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “3.10 Rear Seat Backrest Locking Mechanism, Removing and
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing and Installing”,
page 387
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.12 Pass-Through Door, Removing and Installing”,
page 388
l purpos
⇒ “3.13 Center Armrest, Removing and Installing”, page 389
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.14 Headrest, Removing and Installing”, page 390

m
a
⇒ “3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 390
com
tion in
r
te o
⇒ “3.16 Side Cushion, Removing and Installing”, page 391
thi
s
iva
do
⇒ “3.17 Release Cable for Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release,
r
rp
cum
Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 393
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “3.18 Actuator for Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release, Re‐ Cop py
t. rig
moving and Installing”, page 394 opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
⇒ “3.19 Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release Cable, Removing Prote
cted agen
AG.
3.1 Overview - Bench Seat/Single Seat
3. Rear Seats 375

1 - Rear Bench Seat

Parts Catalog.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Bench Seat/Sin‐
gle Seat, Removing and
2 - Guide
seat anchor
❑ Quantity: 4
ling. Refer to
page 123 .
3 - Cover
seat anchor
❑ Quantity: 4
ling. Refer to
page 123 .
4 - Hook
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Engages in the rear
bench seat wire frame
5 - Grommets
AG. Volkswagen AG d
olksw not
yV gu
❑ For securing the rear bench seat
rised b ara
nte
o eo
❑ Clipped into underbody auth ra
ss c
❑ Replace if damaged
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
376
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.72 - Seat Frames
agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
Vo gu
d by ara
e
3.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Parts Catalog.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Back‐
spec
es, in part or in w
rest, Removing and In‐
t to the co
2 - Locking Mechanism
rrectness of i
❑ For the rear seat back‐
rest
l purpos
⇒ “3.3 Overview - Lock‐
nform
ercia
ing Mechanism”,
page 379 .
m
at
om
io
3 - Outer Headrests
n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv
ling. Refer to
p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
page 390 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
4 - Rear Center Seat Belt
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Guide Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Replace the entire seat

belt guide if damaged.
ling. Refer to
Center Three-Point
Seat Belt”, page 94 .
5 - Headrest in the Center
ling. Refer to
page 390 .
6 - Headrest Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 390 .
7 - Door
❑ For the pass-through opening
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.12 Pass-Through Door, Removing and Installing”, page 388 .
8 - Inner Mounting Pin
❑ 13.5 Nm
❑ For the rear seat backrest
9 - Securing bracket
❑ for the center bracket
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and Installing”, page 384 .
10 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm
11 - Cover
❑ For the center bracket
3. Rear Seats 377

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ d by gu
ara
ise nte
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 thor eo
au ra
s c
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and Installing”, page 384 . s
ce
le
un
pt
12 - Center Support
an
d
itte
y li
erm
❑ Welded to the floor panel.
ab
ility
ot p
13 - Center Armrest
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Overview - Center Armrest”, page 380 .
t to the co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.13 Center Armrest, Removing and Installing”, page 389 .
14 - Rear Three-Point Seat Belt
rrectne
ss
15 - Outer Pivot Pin
o
cial p
f in
❑ Welded to the body
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.3 Overview - Locking Mechanism
Note
The overview shows the locking mechanism on the left 1/3 rear seat backrest. The locking mechanism on the
right 2/3 rear seat backrest is identical.
1 - Backrest Frame
2 - Locking Mechanism Trim
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Locking Mecha‐
nism Trim, Removing
and Installing”,
page 386 .
3 - Rear Seat Backrest Locking
Mechanism
ling. Refer to
rest Locking Mecha‐
nism, Removing and In‐
4 - Screw
❑ 23 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 379

3.4 Overview - Center Armrest
1 - Center Cushion agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Allocation. Refer to the d by
Vo gu
ara
Parts Catalog. orise nte
h eo
❑ Removing and instal‐ aut ra
s c
ling. Refer to s
ce
e
nl
⇒ “2.5 Center Cushion,
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ling, Backrest with
erm
ab
ility
Pass-Through”,
ot p
wit
page 422 . , is n
h re
hole
2 - Center Armrest
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Center Armrest,
rrectness of i
ling”, page 389 .
l purpos
3 - Door
❑ For the pass-through
nform
ercia
opening
m
at
om
ling. Refer to
ion
c
⇒ “3.12 Pass-Through
in t
or
his
e
Door, Removing and In‐

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
4 - Trim
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ For the rear lid locking C py
t. rig
mechanism
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote
ling. Refer to
AG.
⇒ “3.11 Pass-Through
Cover Frame, Remov‐
387 .
5 - Stop Strip
❑ Clipped into the rear
seat backrest
⇒ “3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing and Installing”, page 387 .
6 - Cover Frame
❑ For the pass-through opening
❑ Clipped into the rear seat backrest
⇒ “3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing and Installing”, page 387 .
7 - Right 2/3 Rear Seat Backrest
❑ With pass-through opening
8 - Screw
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Self-tapping
9 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm

❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
3.5 Overview - Side Cushion
author eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
1 - Side Cushion
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Parts Catalog.
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “3.16 Side Cushion,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling”, page 391 .
2 - Mounting Grommet
rrectness of i
❑ Clipped into the side
cushion bracket
l purpos
❑ Replace if damaged
nform
ercia
3 - Side Cushion Bracket

m
a
4 - Screw
com
tion in
❑ 8 Nm
r
te o
thi
s
iva
5 - Nut
do
r
rp
cum
❑ 8 Nm
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.6 Overview - Backrest Remote Release
Note
The illustration shows the backrest remote release on the left

side. The right side is similar.
3. Rear Seats 381

1 - Actuator for Backrest Re‐

mote Release
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Actuator for
Rear Seat Backrest Re‐
mote Release, Remov‐
394 .
2 - Vehicle-Side Release Ca‐
ble
ling. Refer to
rest Remote Release
Cable, Removing and agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Installing”, page 395 . olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
3 - Connecting Part rise nte
tho eo
u ra
❑ Release cable for back‐ ss a c
rest remote release, dis‐
ce
le
un
pt
connecting and con‐
an
d
itte
necting. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “3.17 Release Cable
ility
ot p
for Rear Seat Backrest
wit
is n
Remote Release, Dis‐
h re
connecting and Con‐
ole,
spec
necting”, page 393 .
t to the co
4 - Seat-Side Release Cable
ling. Refer to
rrectne
rest Remote Release
s
Cable, Removing and
s o
cial p
f inform
5 - Rear Seat Backrest Locking
mer
atio
Mechanism
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
ling. Refer to ⇒ “3.10 Rear Seat Backrest Locking Mechanism, Removing and Installing”, page 386 .
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
3.7 Bench Seat/Single Seat, Removing and
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Installing
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Removing Prote AG.
– Move the front seats all the way forward.

– Unclip the guides -1- for the LATCH child seat anchor (quan‐
tity: 4) from the anchors. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 LATCH Child Seat Anchor Guide, Removing and In‐

– With both hands, grasp the rear bench seat under the seat
frame.
– Pull the rear bench seat -1- up forcefully with both hands in
direction of -arrows A- so the wire hooks -2- on the rear bench
seat release from the mounting grommet -3-.
– Repeat the procedure on the other side of the rear bench seat
in direction of -arrows B-.
– Gently lift the rear bench seat -1- at front and slide the wire
frame -2- out of the hook -3- toward the rear.
– Remove the rear bench seat from the vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 383

Installing
following:
– Check body openings -arrow- for deformations.
– In the case of deformation, readjust the panel with a plastic
hammer.
Note
Remaining minor deformation is permissible.
– Lift the carpet -2- and press in new mounting grommets -1-
until they engage audibly in body opening -arrow-.
– Place the carpet around the grommet as illustrated.
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
The carpet must not cover the grommet. ised ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
– Check if the wire frame is aligned in the marked
ss area c
ce
-arrows- before installing the rear bench seat.
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– If the wire frame is bent, bend it back far enough until it is re‐
y li
rm
ab
aligned.
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Install the rear bench seat and push the wire hooks into the
, is n
h re
mounting grommets.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Make sure the wire hooks are engaged correctly in the grom‐
t to the co
mets.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
3.8 Rear Seat Backrest, Removing and In‐

n
t.
yi Co
op py
stalling
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote
cted AG.
agen

lkswage Golf
es n 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
o ot g
byV Body
ua Interior - Edition 09.2015
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Removing ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
page 382 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the seat belt latch with the right rear belt end fitting.
wit
Refer to , is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.15 Rear Seat Belt Latch, Removing and Installing”, page
spec
121 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the cover -1- from the center support -2-.

nf
ercia
orm
– Equipment levels with pass-through: open the pass through
m
atio
m
door, and fold forward.

o
n in
or c
– Fold the rear securing clip -1- in direction of -arrow A-, disen‐
thi
te
sd
a
gage at the front from the center support -arrow B- and re‐
iv
o
r
rp
cu
move.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Note
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
To improve clarity, the left rear seat backrest 1/3 is not shown.
agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the rear seat backrest -2- out of the center support -3- and
pull it out toward the center of the vehicle out of its outer
mounts -1- -arrows-.
– Remove rear seat backrest from the vehicle.

Installing
– In a vertical installation position, slide the rear seat backrest
-2- onto the outer mounting pins -1-.
– Place the rear seat backrest -2- in the center support -3-.
Installation is performed in reverse order of the removal.

♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest”, page 377
3. Rear Seats 385

wage
3.9 Locking Mechanism Trim, Removing lks es n
o ot g
byV ua
and Installing
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Special tools and workshop equipment required ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Hook - T10538-
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note es, in part or in w
t to the co
Due to the limited amount of space near the “locking mechanism
trim”, it is helpful to work with a second technician.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the respective rear headrest. Refer to

⇒ “3.14 Headrest, Removing and Installing”, page 390 .
nform
ercia
– Using a screwdriver, unhook the side and upper backrest cov‐

er molding strip near the trim from the backrest.
m
at
om
io
– Using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , carefully push the
n
c
in t
r
cover outward at the side of the trim -2-.

o
his
ate
do
riv
– Using a light, determine the position of the respective release

p
cum
or
tab -1-.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Carefully bend the respective release tab -1- outward using . Cop py
the Hook - T10538- .
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– After both release tabs -1- have been bent outward, pull the
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
trim upward in direction of -arrow- and remove.
AG.
Installing
following:
– After installing the trim, the rear seat backrest locking mech‐
anism must function easily.
3.10 Rear Seat Backrest Locking Mecha‐

nism, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the locking mechanism trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Locking Mechanism Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 386 .

– Only loosen the cover in the locking mechanism area. Refer

to
Wagon
– Remove the seat-side release cable from the locking mecha‐
nism -1-. Refer to ⇒ page 395 .
– Remove the locking mechanism -1- from the backrest frame.
Installing
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.3 Overview - Locking Mechanism”, page 379
3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing

and Installing
♦ Hook Tool - T40207-
Removing
– Fold down the center armrest and open the pass-through door.
– Unclip the trim -1- from the rear seat backrest using the Trim
Removal Wedge - 3409- -arrows-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Use the Hook Tool - T40207- to remove the retaining tabs
olks
wag does
not
-2- alternating between the sides. ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
– Pry off the cover frame -2- using the Trim Releasetho Lever - eo
au ra
T10039- from the rear seat backrest -1- in direction
ss of c
-arrow A-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Continue prying off starting at the upper left corner in direction

y li
rm
ab
of -arrow B-.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
387
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats
– Remove the pass-through cover frame.

– Push the backrest cushion with backrest cover slightly aside,
and unclip the pass-through door stop strip -1- from the rear
seat backrest in direction of -arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the pass-through door stop strip.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Installing
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
3.12 Pass-Through Door, Removing and In‐

m
a
stalling
com
tion in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

um
fo
en
ng
t.
Removing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Fold down the center armrest and open the pass-through door.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the bolts -2-. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the center armrest with the cover -1- for the pass
through.
– Remove the center armrest. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Center Armrest, Removing and Installing”,
page 389 .

– Remove the lower center cushion. Refer to

⇒ “2.5 Center Cushion, Removing and Installing, Backrest with
Pass-Through”, page 422 .
Installing
– Install the pass-through door -1- and the center armrest and
tighten the bolts hand tight.
– Close the pass-through door and align.
– Tighten the bolts -2- on the rear seat backrest.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Overview - Center Armrest”, page 380
3.13 Center Armrest, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Open the pass through door -2-
agen
AGwith
. Volksthe
wagcenter
en AG armrest ap‐
does
proximately 1/3. yV
olksw not
gu
db ara
ise nte
– Remove the bolts
tho
r -arrows-. e or
u ac
sa
– Remove the
s renter armrest -1- from the pass-through door.
ce
le
un
pt
Installing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Overview - Center Armrest”, page 380

spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 389

3.14 Headrest, Removing and Installing

Removing
. Volkswagen AG
wa button -3- on the headrest gen AG d
– Press the height adjustmentVrelease
olks
oes
not
gu
guide -4- in direction of ethe
d -arrow-.
by ara
n
is tee
or
– At the same time, remove
au
th the headrest -1- all the way from the or
ac
rear seat backrest
ss -2-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Using a small flat-head screwdriver, press the locking spring

m
as far as the stop through the opening -arrow- in the headrest
a
com
tio
guide -1-.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Note
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
The position of the opening in the headrest guide -arrow- can ei‐
Co
Cop py
ther be in direction of travel »on the right« or »on the left side«. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– At the same time, remove the headrest -2- from the rear seat
agen
Prote AG.
backrest -3-.
Installing
3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Note
Two commercially available screwdrivers are required for remov‐

al. Blade height: 0.4 mm, blade width: 8 mm.

Removing
– Remove the rear headrest. Refer to
– Press the backrest cover with backrest cushion -1- slightly
downward at the outer sides.
– Insert a screwdriver on each side of the headrest tube -3- up
to the height of the tabs in direction of -arrows- in the backrest.
Note
Place the two screwdrivers next to the retaining tabs so that the
flat side of the screwdriver blade contacts the retaining tab.
– Turn both screwdrivers 90°, which releases the headrest guide

retaining tabs.
– Carefully pry the headrest guide -2- out of the backrest using
a third screwdriver.
Installing
3.16 Side Cushion, Removing and Installing

Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
WARNING horise nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
Follow the General Safety Precautions when working with air‐ s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
components). Refer to
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
3.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the rear bench seat. Refer to t to the co
rrectness of i
page 382 .
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 391

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Loosen the retaining tab -3- from the side body.

hole
spec
– Remove the side cushion with the retaining brackets

es, in part or in w
t to the co
-2 and 4- upward.
– Disconnect the wire for the side airbag from the side cushion.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

following:
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
WARNING
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Connect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Overview - Side Cushion”, page 381
3.17 Release Cable for Rear Seat Backrest

Remote Release, Disconnecting and
Connecting
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ise tee
Noteuthor or
a ac
ss
The disconnecting and connecting procedure is described for the
ce
e
nl
pt
du
left side of the vehicle. Disconnecting and connecting on the right
an
itte
side is identical.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Disconnecting
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Unclip the cover -1- from the rear seat backrest.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
– Remove the release cable -1- from the cable bracket -2-.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Remove the release cable pin -3- from the mount -4- in the
o
r
rp
cu
connecting piece.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Guide the release cable -1- out of the rear seat backrest Cop py
-arrow-. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Connecting
Connecting the release cables occurs in the reverse order, while
noting the following:
Note
The backrest cover must be securely clamped all around the cov‐
er -1-.
3. Rear Seats 393

lkswage es n
o ot g
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ byV ua
d ran
ir se
Body Interior - Edition 09.2015 tho tee
or
au ac
ss
3.18 Actuator for Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release, Removing and Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull and hold the operating lever for the backrest remote re‐
lease -1-.
– Unclip the actuator for the backrest remote release -1- from
the luggage compartment side trim panel and tilt it out in di‐
– Release the cable bracket from the release cable -3- in direc‐
tion of -arrow B-.
– Slide the release cable -3- out of the cable bracket for the
backrest remote release actuator -1- in direction of -arrow C-.

– Disengage the release cable pin -3- from the release lever for
the backrest remote release -1-.
– Remove the actuator for backrest remote release.
Installing
following:
Note
Make sure that the release cable bracket -2- is positioned cor‐
rectly in the guide tabs of the actuator for the backrest remote
release -1-.
♦ Refer to
Wagon”, page 279 G. Volkswage A n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV
3.19 Rear Seat Backrest Remote Release Cable, Removing and Installing
gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
Backrest-Side
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 384 . rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 395

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Only loosen the cover and cushion near the release cable
t to the co
-1-. Refer to
rrectness of i
– Unclip the connecting piece -2- with the release cable -1- from
l purpos
the backrest frame in direction of -arrow A-.

– Unclip the release cable -1- from the bracket -arrow B-.
nform
ercia
– Push the release cable -1- out of the cable bracket -arrow C-
m
for the rear seat backrest locking mechanism -3-.

com
tion in
r
– Disengage the pin for the release cable -1- from the rear seat
te o
thi
backrest locking mechanism -3- and remove the release cable

s
iva
do
-1-.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Vehicle-Side Release Cable

– Remove the luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer to
⇒ “6.12 Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing
– Remove the actuator for backrest remote release. Refer
ksw
age to es n
⇒ “3.18 Actuator for Rear Seat Backrest Remote
y Vol Release, ot g
ua
db ran
Removing and Installing”, page 394 . orise tee
h
ut or
– Unclip the release cable -1- from thess brackets
a
-2- on the lug‐ ac
gage compartment side trim panel and remove.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Seats 397

4 Special Tools
♦ Window Release Tool - T10236-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Hook Tool - T40207-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Feeler Gauge - VAS5301/10-

♦ Engine And Transmission Holder - VAS6095-

♦ Engine/Transmission Holder - Seat Repair Fixture - VAS6136-

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Door Trim Pliers - 3392-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Assembly Tool - 3399-

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

74 – Seat Upholstery, Covers

1 Front Seat Covers and Cushions
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Seat Pan Cover and Cushion”, page 402
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Backrest Cover and Cushion”, page 403
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element”, page 404
page 405
Volkswa
⇒ “1.5 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing
wagen AG. and Installing”,
gen AG
does
page 406 Volks not
gu
by a d ran
se
⇒ “1.6 Seat Pan Cover tand
ho Cushion, Separating”, page 408
ri tee
or
au ac
ss and Cushion, Separating”, page 410
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.8 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z6 / Z8 ,
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element Z7 / Z9 ,
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
1.1 Overview - Seat Pan Cover and Cushion
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Seat Pan
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.5 Overview - Seat
l purpos
Pan”, page 327 .

2 - Seat Cushion
nform
ercia

m
Parts Catalog.
a
com
tio
❑ Seat cover and cushion,

n in
r
te o
removing and installing.

thi
s
iva
Refer to
do
r
rp

um
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
and Installing”,
Co
Cop py
page 405 .
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Separate the seat cover cop Vo
by lksw
cted
from the seat cushion.
agen
Prote AG.
Refer to
ing”, page 408 .
3 - Upholstery Clip
❑ For attachment of the
seat cover to the seat
cushion
❑ Install at the same loca‐
tion with Upholstery Clip
Pliers - VAG1634- .
4 - Seat Cover
❑ Different equipment lev‐
els
Parts Catalog.
402 Rep. Gr.74 - Seat Upholstery, Covers


Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing”, page 405 .
❑ Separate the seat cover from the seat cushion. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 408 .
❑ Make sure there are no folds after installing
5 - Molding
❑ Sewn into seat cover
❑ For engaging seat cover on seat pan upper frame
❑ Make sure it fits correctly in the upper seat frame
6 - Molding
❑ For engaging seat cover on seat pan upper frame
❑ Make sure it fits correctly in the upper seat frame
1.2 Overview - Backrest Cover and Cushion
1 - Upholstery Clip
❑ For attachment of back‐
rest cover to backrest
cushion
Pliers - VAG1634- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2 - Clamping Strip Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Sewn into rbackrest
ise
d
cov‐ nte
er autho eo
ra
ss for proper seat‐ c
❑ Check
ce
le
ing
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
3 - Backrest Cover
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
els
is n
h re
ole,

spec
Parts Catalog.
t to the co
❑ Backrest cover and

cushion, removing and
rrectne

and Installing”,
ss
page 406 .
o
cial p
f in

form
mer
backrest cushion, sepa‐

atio
rating. Refer to
om

n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a
ing”, page 410 .

iv
o
pr
cum
❑ Make sure there are no

r
fo
en
ng
folds after installing

t.
yi Co
Cop py
4 - Clip
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ For securing the back‐
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
rest cover on the rear frame
agen
Prote AG.
❑ Right and left
1. Front Seat Covers and Cushions 403

5 - Backrest Frame
6 - Backrest Cushion
❑ Backrest cover and cushion, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing and Installing”, page 406 .
❑ Backrest cover and backrest cushion, separating. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 410 .
1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element
1 - Seat Cushion
Parts Catalog.
2 - Heating Element
❑ Driver seat Driver Seat
❑ Passenger seat Front
Passenger Seat Heat‐
ing Element - Z8-
❑ On vehicles with a pas‐
senger occupant detec‐
tion system, the Front
Passenger Seat Heat‐
ing Element - Z8- and
the passenger occupant
detection system pres‐
sure sensor are a
shared component. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ On vehicles with a pas‐ olksw not
yV gu
senger occupantsedetec‐d b ara
nte
tion system, the hori
seat eo
ut
heating element
ss a must ra
c
not be separated from
ce
le
un
the front seat cushion

pt
an
d
cover.
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ If the seat heating ele‐

ility
ot p
ment is separated from

wit
is n
the front seat cushion

h re
ole,
cover on vehicles with a

spec
passenger occupant de‐

tection system, then

t to the co
both components must

be replaced.
rrectne

Parts Catalog.
s
❑ Replace after removing.

s o
Refer to
cial p
f in
⇒ “1.8 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z6 / Z8 , Removing and Installing”, page 414 .
form
mer
atio
om

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
4 - Heating Element
iva
o
pr
❑ Driver seat Driver Backrest Heating Element - Z7-

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
❑ Passenger seat Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element - Z9-
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Replace after removing. Refer to
co Vo
by lksw
cted
⇒ “1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element Z7 / Z9 , Removing and Installing”,
agen
Prote AG.
page 415 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
ara
ed
5 - Wire oris nte
eo
th
au ra
6 - Wire ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
1.4 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Remov‐
ab
ility
ot p
ing and Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
The following describes removing and installing components on

the left seat. Removing and installing components on the right
seat is identical.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Removing
om
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Secure the seat on the Fixture for Seat Repair . Refer to
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
311 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “2.13 Tunnel-Side Seat Trim, Removing and Installing”, Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 344 .
page 345 .
– Remove the sill-side seat trim bracket. Refer to
page 348 .
– Remove the backrest. Refer to
– Remove the storage compartment, if equipped. Refer to
page 371 .
– Release and remove the connector.
– Free up the wiring harnesses.
– Disengage the clamping strips -1 and 2- using the Backrest
Panel Tool - 3370- .
– Remove the cover with the cushion from the seat pan.
– Separate the cover from the cushion. Refer to
page 408 .
Installing

1.5 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Removing

and Installing
Note

the left seat. Removing and installing components on the right
seat is identical.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634- yV
olksw not
gu
d b ara
e
♦ Backrest Panel Tool - 3370- horis nte
eo
aut ra
Removing ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
WARNING
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Follow the General Safety Precautions when working with air‐
wit
, is n
h re
components). Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Secure the seat on the Fixture for Seat Repair . Refer to

nf
ercia
311 .
orm
m
atio
Only for Vehicles without Entry Assistance
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the headrest. Refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.23 Headrest, Removing and Installing”, page 360 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Unclip the headrest locking mechanism caps using the Trim by c lksw
cted agen
Removal Wedge - 3409- . Prote AG.
– If equipped, remove the lumbar support adjusting lever. Refer

to
⇒ “2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing”,
page 359 .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
lkswage es n
d byV
o ot g
ua Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the clamping strip -4- using the Backrest Panel Tool -
3370- .
– Roll the front and rear backrest cover -1- upward.
– Pull up the backrest cover -1- in order to reach the right and
left upholstery clips -5-.
– Open the upholstery clips -5- using pliers -6-.
– Pull the backrest cover -1- on the cushion -7- upward.
– Continue pulling the backrest cover -1- up in order to reach the
next upholstery clips -5-.
– Loosen the clip -3- from both sides of the back of the backrest
frame -2-.
– To do so, use the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
– Open the upholstery clips -5- on the backside.

Note
The topmost clips must not be removed.

– Pull the backrest cover on the backside upward up to the
crossbrace -2-.
– Disengage the crossbrace on the left and right sides from the
seat frame -arrows-.
page 361 .
– Guide out the backrest cover and cushion at the headrest
locking mechanism.
– Remove the backrest cover and cushion from the backrest.
– At the same time, guide out the wiring harness.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention to the y Volksw not
gu
following: ise
db ara
nte
r
ho eo
– If necessary, install the backrest heating element. Referutto ra
sa c
⇒ “1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heating Element Z7 /
s
ce
e
Z9 , Removing and Installing”, page 415 .

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Attach the backrest cover on the cushion. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “1.7 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 410 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Refer to
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.6 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Separat‐

ing
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om
♦ Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634-

n in
or c
thi
e
Removing
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove the cover with the cushion. Refer to

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
page 405 . Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove the mounting tab -3- of the seat cover -1- in direction py by
co Vo
lksw
of the -arrow- from the seat cushion -2-.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the seat cover -1- from the seat cushion -2-.

– Cut through the upholstery clips -3- with pliers -4-.

Installing
following:
• Replace all opened clips -item 1- ⇒ Item 1 (page 403) and
mount again in the same location.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the seat cover -1- over the cushion -4-.

– Secure the seat cover -1- to the mounts -3- using the uphols‐
tery clips -2-.
– To do so, use the Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634- .
– Make sure the seat cover -1- is free of folds.
♦ Refer to
1.7 Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separat‐

ing
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Vo gu
by ara
d
the left seat. Removing and installing
orise components on the right nte
eo
seat is identical. auth
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Secure the seat on the Fixture for Seat Repair . Refer to rrectness of i
l purpos
311 .
Only for Vehicles without Entry Assistance
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove the headrest. Refer to

rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Unclip the headrest locking mechanism caps using the Trim
C py
t. rig
gh
Removal Wedge - 3409- .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– If equipped, remove the lumbar support adjusting lever. Refer
cted agen
Prote AG.
to
⇒ “2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing”,
page 359 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Open the clamping strip -4- using the Backrest Panel Tool - cop Vo
by lksw
3370- . cted agen
Prote AG.
– Roll the front and rear backrest cover -1- upward.

– Pull up the backrest cover -1- in order to reach the right and
left upholstery clips -5-.
– Open the upholstery clips -5- using pliers -6-.
– Pull the backrest cover -1- on the cushion -7- upward.
– Loosen the clip -3- from both sides of the back of the backrest
frame -2-.
– To do so, use the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
– Open the upholstery clips -5- on the backside.
remaining upholstery clips -5-.


– Pull the backrest cover on the backside upward up to the
crossbrace -2-.
– Disengage the crossbrace on the left and right sides from the
seat frame -arrows-.
page 361 .
– Guide out the backrest cover at the headrest locking mecha‐
nism.
– Remove the backrest cover from the backrest cushion.
Installing
following:
• Replace all opened clips -item 1- ⇒ Item 1 (page 403) and
mount again in the same location.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the backrest cover -1- over the cushion -4-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
gu Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
Vol
by ara
d
rise nte Body Interior - Edition 09.2015
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Guide in the backrest cover -1- at the headrest guide. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Secure the backrest cover -1- to the mounts -3- using the up‐
an
d
itte
y li
holstery clips -2-.
rm
ab
pe
ility
– To do so, use the Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634- .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Make sure the backrest cover -1- is free of folds.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.8 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating

Element -Z6- / -Z8- , Removing and In‐
stalling
⇒ “1.8.1 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z6 / Z8 ,
Removing and Installing, Vehicles without Passenger Occupant
Detection System”, page 414
⇒ “1.8.2 Front Passenger Seat Heating Element Z8 , Removing
and Installing, Vehicles with Passenger Occupant Detection Sys‐
tem”, page 415
1.8.1 Driver/Front Passenger Seat Heating

Element -Z6- / -Z8- , Removinggenand In‐
AG. Volkswagen AG
does
stalling, Vehicles withoutbPassenger Oc‐
swa
olk not
yV gu
ara
cupant Detection System
d
rise nte
tho e or
au ac
Removing ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Separate the seat cover from the seat cushion. Refer to
an
d
itte
⇒ “1.6 Seat Pan Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 408 .
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Disconnect the wire -3- directly from the old heating element
ot
wit
-2-.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
The old heating elements remain on the cushion -1- and will be
covered over by the new heating element.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia
following:
m
– Guide the wire -3- through the wiring guide. a

com
tion in
r
– Align the new heating elements on the seat cushion while not
te o
thi
pulling off the protective film.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Remove protective films from the heating elements in succes‐

fo
en
g
sion, taking care not to damage the heating elements.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Glue the heating elements so that they align with the old heat‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ing elements and are free of wrinkles.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Route the connections to the individual heating elements in
Prote AG.
the base of the gaps.

♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element”, page 404

1.8.2 Front Passenger Seat Heating Element

- Z8- , Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with Passenger Occupant Detection
System
WARNING
The seat heating element and the passenger occupant detec‐

tion system pressure sensor are a shared component.
The seat heating element is securely bonded to the seat cush‐
ion. It is not possible to remove and install separately. The seat
heating element must be replaced with the seat cushion.
wage e
Since the seat heating element Voand
lks the passenger occupant s node‐
t gu
tection system pressure sensor d by are a shared component and can ara
s e nte
ri
only be replaced together,tho the removal and installation description eo
is done only for the passenger
ss au
occupant detection system pres‐ ra
c
sure sensor. Refer to
ce
e
nl
⇒ “13.2 Passenger Occupant Detection System Pressure Sensor,
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
1.9 Driver/Front Passenger Backrest Heat‐
ot p
wit
, is n
ing Element -Z7- / -Z9- , Removing and
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
If the backrest cushion is to be replaced on a vehicle with seat

heating, always replace the corresponding backrest heating ele‐
nf
ercia
ment as well.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Separate the backrest cover and backrest cushion. Refer to

⇒ “1.7 Backrest Cover and Cushion,geSeparating”,
n AG. Volkswagpage
en AG 410 .
a does
lksw not
– Cut the wire -3- directly from
db
ythe
Vo old heating element -2-. gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
The old heating elements remain on the backrest cushion -1- and
itte
y li
will be covered over by the new heating elements.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Installing
h re
ole,
spec
following:
t to the co
– Guide the wire -3- through the wiring guide.
– Align the new heating elements on the backrest cushion while
rrectne
not pulling off the protective film.
s
– Remove protective films from the heating elements in succes‐
s o
sion, taking care not to damage the heating elements.
cial p
f inform
– Glue the heating elements so that they align with the old heat‐
mer
ing elements and are free of wrinkles.
atio
om
n
c
– Route the connections to the individual heating elements in
i
or
n thi
e
the base of the gaps.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Tightening Specifications um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Backrest Cover and Cushion”, page 403 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element”, page 404
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Rear Seat Covers and Cushions

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Bench Seat Cover and Cushion”, page 417
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion”, page
418
⇒ “2.3 Bench Seat Cover and Padding, Removing and Installing”,
page 419
⇒ “2.5 Center Cushion, Removing and Installing, Backrest with
Pass-Through”, page 422
⇒ “2.6 Bench Seat Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 422
⇒ “2.7 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page
423
2.1 Overview - Bench Seat Cover and Cushion
1 - Seat Frame
2 - Seat Cushion
Parts Catalog.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Bench Seat Cov‐
er and Padding, Remov‐ wage
es n
ing and Installing”, page yV
olks ot g
ua
419 . ir se
d b ran
o tee
❑ Separate the seat cover auth or
ac
from the seat cushion. ss
Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.6 Bench Seat Cov‐
an
d
itte
y li
er and Cushion, Sepa‐
rm
ab
rating”, page 422 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
3 - Upholstery Clip
h re
hole
❑ For attachment of the
spec
seat cover to the seat
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cushion
❑ Install at the same loca‐ rrectness of i
l purpos
Pliers - VAG1634- .
4 - Seat Cover
nform
ercia

els
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
Parts Catalog.
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

um
fo
en
g
Refer to
n
t.
yi Co
⇒ “2.3 Bench Seat Cov‐ . Cop py
er and Padding, Remov‐
t rig
gh ht
yri by
ing and Installing”, page cop Vo
by lksw
419 . cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Separate the seat cover from the seat cushion. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Bench Seat Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 422 .
❑ Make sure there are no folds after installing
2. Rear Seat Covers and Cushions 417

5 - Molding
❑ For engaging the seat cover in the seat frame AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
2.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1 - Backrest Cover
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
els
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Parts Catalog.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
rest Cover and Cushion,
l purpos
ling”, page 419 .

nform
ercia
backrest cushion, sepa‐

rating. Refer to
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Separating”, page 423 .
his
ate
do
riv
❑ Make sure there are no

p
cum
or
folds after installing

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2 - Upholstery Clip t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ For attachment of back‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
rest cover to backrest
co lksw
by
cted agen
cushion Prote AG.

Pliers - VAG1634- .
Parts Catalog.
❑ Backrest cover and backrest cushion, separating. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion, Separating”, page 423 .
4 - Backrest Frame
5 - Clamping Strip
❑ Sewn into backrest cover
❑ For attaching the backrest cover on the backrest frame

2.3 Bench Seat Cover and Padding, Re‐

Removing
page 382 .
– Disengage the seat cover molding -3- around the seat frame.
– Disengage the seat cover molding -1- at the seat belt latch
openings.
– Remove the seat cover -2- with the seat cushion from the seat
frame.
Caution
Do not damage the seat cover.

♦ Do not pull on the seat cover. The seat cover can rip.
Installing n AG. Volkswagen AG do

kswage es n
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention
byV
ol
to the ot g
ua
following: ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– After installing, make sure the seat cover
ss
au
is free of folds. ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
2.4 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion,

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos

page 384 .
nform
ercia
– Remove the rear headrest. Refer to

m
a
com
tio

n in
r
⇒ “3.9 Locking Mechanism Trim, Removing and Installing”,

te o
thi
page 386 .
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Loosen the clips -2- from the backrest cover -1- near the inner
fo
en
g
mounting pins.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Left 1/3 Rear Seat Backrest

– Starting at the locking mechanism, pry off the clamping strip
-2- for the backrest cover using a screwdriver all around the
backrest frame -3- -arrow-.
– Remove the rear headrest guides. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”,
page 390 .
– Remove the backrest cover -1- and backrest cushion from the
backrest frame.
Rear Seat Backrest, 2/3 Right Without a Pass-Through

– Remove the rear center seat belt guide. Refer to
page 94 .
– Remove the rear headrest guides. Refer to G. Volkswagen
⇒ “3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and wInstalling”,
agen
A AG do
es n
page 390 . Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Remove the backrest cover u-1-
tho and backrest cushion from the or
backrest frame. ss a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Rear Seat Backrest, 2/3 Right with a Pass-Through

– Remove the rear center seat belt guide. Refer to
page 94 .
– Remove the pass-through door with the rear center armrest.
Refer to
⇒ “3.12 Pass-Through Door, Removing and Installing”,
page 388 .
– Remove the pass-through cover frame. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Pass-Through Cover Frame, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 387 .
– Pry off the clamping strip -4- for the backrest cover with a
screwdriver from the opening for the pass-through.
– Remove the rear headrest guides. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing”,
page 390 .
– Remove the backrest cover -1- and backrest cushion from the
backrest frame.
Installing
following:
– Flip the protective strip -1- over 180° toward the inside in di‐
– Engage the protective strip in the groove on the backrest frame
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.5 Center Cushion, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Backrest with Pass-Through
Removing
– Fold the pass-through door forward.
– Release the tabs -1- with a screwdriver and push the center
cushion -2- until stop downward at the same time in direction
of -arrow A-.
– Slightly lift the upper center cushion in direction of -arrow B-
and at the same time disengage downward from the pass-
through door in direction of -arrow C-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
2.6 Bench Seat Cover and Cushion, Sepa‐
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
rating ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Special tools and workshop equipment required ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Caution
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Upholstery Clips
l purpos
Removing
– Remove the rear bench seat cover and the cushion. Refer to nform
ercia
⇒ “2.3 Bench Seat Cover and Padding, Removing and Instal‐

ling”, page 419 .
m
at
om
ion
– Remove the seat cover -3- as far as possible from the seat
c
in t
or
cushion -2-.
his
ate
do
riv
– Cut through the upholstery clips -1- with pliers.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Separate the seat cover and the seat cushion.

Installing
following:
– After installing, make sure the seat cover is free of folds.
2.7 Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion,

Separating
♦ Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Caution orised
nte
h eo
aut ra
c
This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Upholstery Clips
h re
ole,
spec
Removing
t to the co
– Remove the backrest cover and backrest cushion from the
rear seat backrest. Refer to
rrectne
– Remove the backrest cover -2- as far as possible from the
ss
backrest cushion -3-. o
cial p
f inform
– Cut through the upholstery clips -1- with pliers.

mer
atio
Installing
om
n
c
i
or

thi
e
following:
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– After installing, make sure the seat cover is free of folds.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Special Tools
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
♦ Upholstery Clip Pliers - VAG1634- th o tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059241221
Fac‐ Edit Job Feed‐ Notes Quality
tory Edi‐ Type back Check
Edi‐ tion ed By
tion
09.2 02/0 Local 11467 Joe Y
015 3/20 Feed‐ 09
16 back
09.2 01/1 Local 11448 Eric P.
015 2/20 Feed‐ 47
16 back . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
09.2 12/0 Local 11376 Joe Yby Volk not
gu
015 2/20 Feed‐ 76 rised ara
nte
15 back ut
ho eo
ra
a c
09.2 11/1 Local 11351 ss
Joe Y
ce
le
015 7/20 Feed‐ 33
un
pt
an
15 back
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
09.2 09/2 Fac‐ 11211 Joe Y
pe
ility
015 5/20 tory 63
ot
wit
, is n
15 Up‐
h re
date
hole
spec
8/28/ Edit Joe Y
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2015 Re‐
view
04/0 Fac‐ Joe Y
rrectness of i
7/20 tory
15 Up‐
l purpos
date
12/1 Fac‐ Joe Y
nform
ercia
8/20 tory
14 Up‐
m
a
com
ti
date
on in
r
te o
07/2 Local 10252 Joe Y
thi
s
iva
2/20 Feed‐ 85
do
r
14 back
rp
cum
fo
en
g
06/0 Local 10218 Joe Y

n
t.
yi Co
op
6/20 Feed‐ 10 C py
t. rig
14 back
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
04/2 Fac‐ N/A Tom P
lksw
cted agen
Prote
9/20 tory
AG.
14 Up‐
date
04/1 Fac‐ N/A Tom P
8/20 tory
14 New
4. Revision History 425

Cautions
gen AG
. Volks&
wagWarnings
en AG
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
ho eo
Please read these CAUTIONS with maintenance WARNINGS
au
t and before proceeding ra
c
ss
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
ce
le
un
pt
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
ot
wit
, is n
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
h re
hole
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
spec
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
rrectness of i
l purpos
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
nform
mercia
a
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
com
tion in
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
r
rp
cum
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
fo
en
ng
t.
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
i
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
py by
co Vo
by lksw
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
Prote
cted AG.
agen
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
starting the vehicle while you are under it.
•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
being fully alert.
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
repairs.
•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only tobloosenyV
o threaded parts and fasteners. gu Never use these tools to tighten
ara
d
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts.
orise Always use a torque wrench to tighten ntfasteners
ee to the tightening torque
listed. uth or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
pt
du
an
itte
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
wit
, is n
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
h re
hole
govern the disposal of wastes.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
rrectness of i
automotive chemical refrigerants.

l purpos
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
om
n in
system pressure and may cause the system to burst.

or c
thi
te
sd
iva
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
o
r
rp
cu
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s). op
yi Co
py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that py by
co Vo
by lksw
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Prote
cted AG.
agen
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Page 3 of 3
copy Vo
by lksw
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc. cted agen
Prote AG.
Version 1.0

D4B8040F858-Body Interior PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

D4B8040F858-Body Interior PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040F858

00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Additional Head Curtain Airbag Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.14 Seat Belt Latch, Visually Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.16 Seat Belt Relays and Belt Tongue, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.19 Child Seat Anchors, Checking After Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

1.20 Automatic Dimming Interior Rearview Mirror Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

1 Storage Compartments and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2.1 Overview - Screen Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

3.9 Center Console Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

69 - Passenger Protection, Airbags, Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

1.1 Component Location Overview - Seat Belts and Mounting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

1.2 Overview - Front Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

1.3 Overview - Outer Rear Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

1.4 Overview - Rear Center Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

1.5 Overview - Front Seat Belt Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

1.6 Overview - Rear Seat Belt Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

1.11 Front Belt End Fitting, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

4.2 Airbag Control Module J234 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

10 Airbag Crash Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

10.1 Component Location Overview - Airbag Crash Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Sensor G257 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

11.1 Overview - Seat Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

11.2 Seat Position Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

12 Belt Fastening Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

13 Passenger Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

13.1 Overview - Passenger Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

13.5 Required Importer Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

70 - Interior Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

2.4 Trim Molding, Removing and agInstalling

3.6 Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

3.7 Instrument Panel Vent, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

3.8 Side Defroster Vent, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

5 Passenger Compartment Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

5.1 Component Location Overview - Vehicle Interior Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

5.3 Overview - A-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

5.5 Overview - C-Pillar Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

7.3 Headliner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

72 - Seat Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

2.16 Front Backrest, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

2.17 Seat Angle Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

2.18 Seat Height Adjustment Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

2.19 Seat Height Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

2.21 Backrest Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

2.22 Lumbar Support Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

2.24 Headrest Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

2.26 Backrest Release, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

2.28 Backrest Release Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

2.29 Backrest Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

2.30 Backrest Release Cable, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

2.31 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

2.32 Entry Assistance Release Cable A, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

2.33 Entry Assistance Release Cable B, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

3.4 Overview - Center Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

74 - Seat Upholstery, Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

1.1 Overview - Seat Pan Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

1.2 Overview - Backrest Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

1.3 Overview - Seat Heating Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

2.2 Overview - Rear Seat Backrest Cover and Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418